2009 - 2010 Catalog - The Art Institutes

2009 - 2010 Catalog

MISSON 

STATEMENT 

OUR MISSION 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

is an institution of higher education offering 

creative and applied arts programs in a caring, 

inspiring environment where students can 

maximize their creativity, enhance professional 

development, and acquire the necessary skills 

and knowledge to pursue a career in their fi eld 

of study. 

OUR PURPOSE 


fosters a culture built around learning, 

innovation, and creativity. We act with integrity 

and embrace an enthusiasm for excellence. 

We are committed to creating a community of 

caring, supportive and involved professionals, 

including everyone connected with the college. 

OUR OBJECTIVES 

1. Enhance student success through a 

commitment to academic quality. 

2. Engage alumni, working professionals, and 

employers in opportunities for ongoing 

participation in support of student learning. 

3. Emphasize the value of life-long learning 

with critical thinking, problem-solving, and 

civic responsibility. 

4. Encourage an environment of growth 

through assessment and strategic planning.

CONTENTS 

Mission, Vision and Values Statements . . . . . . . . . Inside Cover 

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 

City and College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 

Course Requirements and Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

Advertising (BS) 

Information and Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 

The Art of Cooking (Certifi cate) 


Baking & Pastry (Certifi cate) 


Baking & Pastry (AAS) 

Information and Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 

Culinary Arts (AAS) 


Culinary Management (BS) 


Design Management (BS) 


Digital Film & Video Production (BS) 


Fashion & Retail Management (BS) 


Graphic Design (AAS) 


Graphic Design (BS) 


Hospitality Management (BS) 


Interior Design (AAS) 


Interior Design (BS) 


Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS) 


Media Arts & Animation (BS) 


Photography (BFA) 


Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS) 


Web Design & Interactive Media (AAS) 


Web Design & Interactive Media (BS) 


Viewbook of Student and Graduate Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 

Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 

Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 

Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 

Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 

Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 

Calendar & Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 

Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 

1

CATALOG PREPARATION 

This catalog was prepared by The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota, 15 

South 9th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 

55402-3137. The information contained 

herein was published and effective as of 

June 2009. Curriculum, fees, expenses, 

and other matters described herein are 

subject to change without notice at the 

discretion of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. For more information, write to 

the above address or phone 612-332-3361 

or 1-800-777-3643. 

LICENSING AND 

ACCREDITATION 


is registered as a private institution with 

the Minnesota Offi ce of Higher Education 

pursuant to section 136A.61 to 136A.71. 

Registration is not an endorsement of the 

institution. Credits earned at the institution 

may not transfer to all other institutions. 

The Minnesota Offi ce of Higher Education 

can be reached at 1450 Energy Park 

Drive, Suite 350, Saint Paul, MN 55108. 


is accredited by the Accrediting Council 

for Independent Colleges and Schools to 

award certifi cate, associate’s, and bachelor’s 

degrees. ACICS can be reached at 

750 First Street, NE, Suite 980; Washington, 

DC 20002-4241 Telephone: 202-336- 

6780. The Associate in Applied Science 

degree in Culinary Arts is accredited by the 

American Culinary Federation Foundation, 

Inc. Accrediting Commission (ACF). ACF 

can be reached at 180 Center Place Way, 

Saint Augustine, FL 32095 Telephone: 

1-800-624-9458 

MEMBERSHIPS 


is a member of the International Furnishing 

and Design Association, American Culinary 

Federation Foundation, Inc. Accrediting 

Commission, Midwest Association 

2 

of Student Financial Aid Administrators, 

Minnesota Association for Counseling and 

Development, Minnesota Association of 

Secondary School Counselors and College 

Admissions Offi cers, Minnesota School 

Counselors Association, Minnesota Association 

of Financial Aid Administrators, 

American Association of Collegiate Registrars 

and Admissions Offi cers, Dakota 

Association of School Counselors and 

College Admissions Professionals, and the 

Minnesota Career Colleges Association 

THE ART INSTITUTES 


is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Art 

Institutes International LLC, one of the 

nation’s leaders in post-secondary careeroriented 

education for the creative arts. 

Based at 210 Sixth Avenue, 33rd fl oor, 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222. The Art 

Institutes International LLC, through two 

intermediary limited liability companies, 

is a subsidiary of Education Management 

Corporation also located at the same address.The 

Art Institutes includes locations 

at The Art Institute of Atlanta® • The Art 

Institute of Atlanta®—Decatur (1) • The Art 

Institute of AustinSM (2) • The Art Institute 

of CaliforniaSM —Hollywood • The Art Institute 

of CaliforniaSM —Inland Empire •The 

Art Institute of CaliforniaSM —Sacramento 

• The Art Institute of CaliforniaSM —San 

Diego • The Art Institute of CaliforniaSM 

—San Francisco • The Art Institute of 

CaliforniaSM —Sunnyvale • The Art Institute 

of CharlestonSM (3) • The Art Institute of 

Charlotte® • The Art Institute of Colorado® 

• The Art Institute of Dallas® • The 

Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale® • The Art 

Institute of Houston® • The Art Institute 

of Houston—North®(4) • The Art Institute 

of IndianapolisSM (5) • The Art Institute of 

JacksonvilleSM (6) • The Art Institute of Las 

Vegas® • The Art Institute of MichiganSM • The Art Institute of New York City® • 

The Art Institute of OhioSM —Cincinnati(7) 

• The Art Institute of Philadelphia® • 

The Art Institute of Phoenix® • The Art 

Institute of Pittsburgh® • The Art Institute 

of Portland® • The Art Institute of Raleigh– 

Durham® • The Art Institute of Salt Lake 

CitySM • The Art Institute of Seattle® • The 

Art Institute of TampaSM (8) • The Art Institute 

of TennesseeSM —Nashville(9) • The Art 

Institute of TucsonSM • The Art Institute of 

VancouverSM • The Art Institute ofWashingtonSM 

(10) • The Art Institute of WashingtonSM 

—Northern • Virginia(11) • The Art 

Institute of York—PennsylvaniaSM • The Art 

Institutes International—Kansas CitySM • 

The Art Institutes International MinnesotaSM • The Illinois Institute of Art®—Chicago • 

The Illinois Institute of Art®—Schaumburg 

• Miami International University of Art & 

DesignSM • The New England Institute 

of Art® 

(1) The Art Institute of Atlanta—Decatur is 

a satellite of The Art Institute of Atlanta. • 

(2) The Art Institute of Austin is a branch 

of The Art Institute of Houston. • (3) The 

Art Institute of Charleston is a branch of 

The Art Institute of Atlanta. • (4) The Art 

Institute of Houston—North is a branch 

of The Art Institute of Houston. • (5) The 

Art Institute of Indianapolis is regulated 

by the Indiana Commission on Proprietary 

Education, 302 W. Washington St., Rm 

E201, Indianapolis, IN 46204. AC-0080 • 

(6) The Art Institute of Jacksonville is a 

branch of Miami International University 

of Art & Design. • (7) The Art Institute of 

Ohio—Cincinnati, 8845 Governors Hill 

Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45249-3317, OH Reg 

# 04-01-1698B • (8) The Art Institute of 

Tampa is a branch of Miami International 

University of Art & Design. • (9) The Art Institute 

of Tennessee—Nashville is a branch 

of The Art Institute of Atlanta. • (10) Certifi 

ed by SCHEV to operate in Virginia; The 

Art Institute of Washington is a branch of 

The Art Institute of Atlanta. • (11) Certifi ed 

by SCHEV to operate in Virginia; The Art 

Institute of Washington—Northern Virginia 

is a branch of The Art Institute of Atlanta.

ABOUT THE TWIN CITIES 

The Twin Cities is an exciting place to 

experience and create the arts. Four major 

art museums, two orchestras, and regional 

theater offer plenty of creative inspiration. 

Stroll through the Sculpture Garden at the 

Walker Art Center. Marvel at the Aquatennial, 

and the Winter Carnival. Wonder at 

The Minneapolis Institute of Art. The Hennepin 

Avenue Theatre District is the hot 

spot in town for Broadway productions. 

You’ll also fi nd pop, jazz, and a rock scene 

that’s earned the Twin Cities the nickname 

of “The Land of 10,000 Bands.” 

In nearby Bloomington is the Mall of 

America, the country’s largest shopping 

complex with more than 400 specialty 

shops and 40 restaurants. The mall’s 

centerpiece, Nickelodeon Universe, is a 

$70 million indoor family theme park that 

covers seven lush acres. For fun, Minneapolis 

is an aquarian’s paradise, with 

rivers and nearly 20 lakes. More than 150 

city parks are accessible for hiking, biking, 

and skating. In warmer months, spend a 

sunny afternoon on the beaches of Lake 

Calhoun. In winter, enjoy ice-skating, ice 

fi shing, snowmobiling, and skiing. If you’re 

into spectator sports, cheer on the Twins 

at Target Field or the Vikings at the Metrodome. 

Or watch the Wild, Timberwolves 

and Lynx devour the competition. Getting 

around is easy, too, with a network of 

mass transit routes, shuttles, and a skyway 

that connects more than 50 city blocks. 


INTERNATIONAL 

MINNESOTA 

Conveniently located in downtown Minneapolis, 

The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota prepares students for careers in 

the visual and practical arts. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota was founded 

in 1964 by Petrena Lowthian establishing 

what was to become Lowthian College. 

In 1981, Lowthian College was authorized 

to award the Associate in Applied Science 

degree. The Art Institutes acquired the College 

in early 1997. In 2000, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota was granted 

approval to award the Bachelor of Science 

degree and in 2004, was granted approval 

to award the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree. 


offers programs in Advertising, The Art of 

Cooking, Baking & Pastry, Culinary Arts, 

Culinary Management, Design Management, 

Digital Film & Video Production, 

Fashion & Retail Management, Graphic 

Design, Hospitality Management, Interior 

Design, Interior Planning with AutoCAD, 

Media Arts & Animation, Photography, 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics, and Web 

Design & Interactive Media. 

Our students are creative, competitive, 

and open to new ideas. They place great 

value on an education that prepares them 

for a challenging career and a lifetime of 

personal and professional opportunity. 

Relating to students at a personal level is 

emphasized. Our qualifi ed staff of fi nancial 

planners, employment assistance advisors, 

and counselors are committed to provide 

students with individualized services. Each 

student has an academic advisor who 

helps devise career strategies and choose 

courses consistent with career goals. Our 

faculty consists of working professionals 

who strive to strengthen students’ skills 

and cultivate their talents. Aspiring creative 

professionals learn fundamental business 

concepts and gain the applied arts knowledge 

necessary for that important fi rst job 

in the fi eld. 


offers a Skills Enhancement program 

designed to help students prepare for success 

in college-level programs. Confi dential 

counseling is available when academic 

or personal problems create roadblocks to 

success. Students also are encouraged 

to join school organizations and participate 

as volunteers for community service 

projects supported by The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. 

Whether in the student lounges, the gallery, 

or the classrooms, the daily gathering 

of students, faculty, and staff makes it 

easy to feel the energy, caring, and commitment 

that underlie education at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. 

STUDENT BODY 

Students come to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota from all over the 

United States and abroad. The student 

body is made up of men and women who 

have either enrolled directly after completing 

high school, transferred from colleges 

and universities, or have left employment 

situations to prepare for a new career. The 

College’s environment offers students the 

opportunity to earn their degrees alongside 

students of other creative disciplines that 

drive the visual and practical arts industries 

worldwide. 

3

ADVERTISING INDUSTRY 

Advertising has the power to influence minds, coin phrases, 

start design revolutions, and launch social trends. You’ll also 

learn how to purchase advertising space in newspapers and 

television. And how to write copy that influence, captivate, 

and inspire others. 

ABOUT THE PROGRAM 

Our Advertising program covers both creative and business 

professional know-how, beginning with an introduction to 

design, color theory, typography, and business and marketing 

practices. You’ll also have the opportunity to learn about the 

history of mass communication, because you can’t change 

the future if you don’t understand the past. 

WHAT WILL YOU LEARN? 

You’ll have the opportunity to build your skills through the 

use of powerful words and visuals. Coupled with your education 

in business and marketing, you’ll be taught proper application 

and distribution of these ideas. Our program goes 

way beyond simply developing your already innate sense of 

creativity. You’ll have the opportunity to amplify it to its maximum 

potential. 

PROGRAM MISSION 

The mission of the Advertising program is to prepare graduates 

for careers in the advertising profession by providing a 

foundation in the business aspects of advertising while helping 

them develop the basic creative and technical skills necessary 

to create and implement targeted advertising solutions 

that meet professional standards of excellence. Graduates 

are prepared to grow their careers from entry-level positions 

in the advertising field through the practice of lifelong learning. 

Graduating students will be prepared to pursue entry 

level positions such as assistant account executive, assistant 

media planner, or assistant media buyer. 

4 

ADVERTISING 

Bachelor of Science 

12 Quarters 

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES 

Demonstrate proficiency with the tools and graphic techniques 

of the profession to plan and implement production 

of advertising media such as print collateral, audio and video 

spots, and Web-interactive materials. 

Develop concepts as well as analyze and incorporate aesthetics 

and layout in the design process for advertising 

campaigns and marketing communications. 

Apply industry knowledge and critical thinking skills to analyze, 

develop, and implement effective advertising solutions 

that meet professional standards. 

Demonstrate their knowledge of the interdependence between 

advertising/marketing objectives and visual expression 

and be able to evaluate, critique, and understand their 

ideas. As part of this demonstration, graduates will be able 

to articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain 

and promote their solutions to clients and colleagues. 

Demonstrate professional presentation; articulation of 

knowledge of advertising and visual problem solving; 

and mastery of industry standards, professional practices 

and ethics. 

GRADUATES 

With A Bachelor’s Degree In Advertising, you will be prepared 

to begin your career in entry-level positions such as assistant 

account executive, assistant media planner, or assistant 

media buyer at advertising agencies, boutique service agencies, 

or company advertising departments. The length of the 

program is twelve (12), eleven (11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefi xes to represent subject areas as follows: 

AD Advertising 

CU Culinary Arts 

CA Media Arts & Animation 

DM Design Management 

DF Digital Film & Video Production 

FRM Fashion & Retail Management 

GD Graphic Design 

GE General Education 

HM Hospitality Management 

ID Interior Design 

PA Professional Application 

PH Photography 

SM Studio Management 

TS Transitional Studies 

VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 

IM Web Design & Interactive Media 

The fi rst numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should 

be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals 

differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended 

to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx though 4xxx. Generally, the 

prefi x AD identifi es the core courses required in this program. 

ADVERTISING 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE // 12 QUARTERS 

COURSE NAME CREDITS HOURS COURSE NAME CREDITS HOURS 

Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may 

be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in 

alpha-numeric order. 

FOUNDATION COURSES 

AD1400 History of Advertising 4 60 

AD1420 Conceptual Thinking 4 40 

CA2430 Introduction to Video 4 60 

GD1400 Computer Applications 4 60 

GD1401 Fundamentals of Design 4 60 

GD1402 Drawing & Perspective 4 60 

GD1473 Color & Design 4 60 

IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design 4 60 

PA095 College Success 0 12 

PH1401 Principles of Photography 4 60 

DESIGN CONCEPT COURSES 

AD2400 Computer Illustration** 4 60 

AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising** 4 60 

AD2440 Media & Advertising Design** 4 60 

GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** 4 60 

GD1420 Image Manipulation 4 60 

GD1431 Design Layout 4 60 

PRODUCTION DESIGN COURSES 

AD2410 Media & Design Concepts 4 60 

AD2450 Dynamics of Integrated Marketing** 4 60 

AD2460 Branding 4 60 

AD3450 Art Direction 4 60 

AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion 4 40 

GD2440 Print Production 4 60 

TEAM AND PROFESSIONAL 

PRODUCTION COURSES 

AD2420 Organizational Behavior 4 40 

AD3400 Persuasion and the Consumer 4 40 

AD3420 Copywriting** 4 40 

AD3440 Advertising Campaign** 4 60 

AD4400 Advanced Copywriting 4 60 

AD4420 Sales 4 40 

AD4440 Advanced Advertising Campaign 4 60 

AD4450 Media Planning & Buying 4 40 

AD4460 Global Business Perspectives 4 40 

AD4480 Capstone 4 60 

GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts 4 40 

PA3481 Career Development 4 40 

PA4486 Internship 4 120 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

GE1410 English I § 4 40 

GE1424 Public Speaking 4 40 

GE1433 Art History 4 40 

GE1466 Principles of Economics 4 40 

GE2411 English II 4 40 

GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 4 40 

GE2423 Environmental Science 4 40 

GE2442 Critical Thinking 4 40 

GE3424 Interpersonal Communication 4 40 

GE3433 Contemporary Art 4 40 

GE3490 Cultural Anthropology 4 40 

GE4442 Ethics 4 40 

GE4455 Literature 4 40 

GE4461 Physics 4 40 

** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. 

§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 

§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 

192 credits : 2,472 hours 

5

“FOOD AS ART” IS YOUR REALITY 

Culinary professionals are multi-tasking wizards. They’re 

experts at preparation and presentation, and excel at splitsecond 

timing. The culinary field is more than just mastering 

the skills that are integral to the profession. Culinary students 

have the opportunity to learn the techniques and the artistry 

that can transform a customer’s dining experience into a fullscale 

event, to gain a sense of food and restaurant styles, be 

taught how to think and act like a culinary professional, and 

to understand the trends in the world of culinary arts. 

THE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM 

Our students can become skilled at the fundamentals of 

cooking, knife skills, sanitation, safety, and food production. 

They have the opportunity to learn about modern, regional 

and classical cuisines, and practice whipping up culinary 

delights in modern kitchens. Upon graduation, students are 

prepared to seek entry-level jobs as prep cook, line cook and 

first cook. 


The mission of the Culinary Arts program is to provide an environment 

for students to become learners who possess the 

skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in 

the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. 

Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry 

professionals impart their knowledge and technical 

acumen to the students. The approach to education relies 

heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical 

and technical in scope. Graduating students will be prepared 

to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and 

culinary arts. 

6 

THE ART 

OF COOKING 

Certifi cate 

4 Quarters 


• Demonstrate the knife skills, use of mis en place, appropriate 

use and care of equipment, selection of appropriate 

cooking techniques, and other recipe preparation skills 

(measuring and product identification) to successfully follow 

directions orally and from recipes. 

Plan, prepare, produce, and professionally present dishes 

while consistently maintaining a safe and sanitary work 

environment as defined by the Hazard Analysis and Critical 

Control Point (HACCP) standards. 

Demonstrate the ethical and professional values of the 

culinary profession (including demonstrating the ability to 

conform to professional standards of conduct related to 

timeliness, appearance, behavior in a kitchen, especially 

in relating to diverse populations among co-workers and 

customers) through successful preparation of a resume and 

cover letter and the completion of team oriented tasks. 

ART OF COOKING CERTIFICATE STUDENTS 

Together with industry-related practices, Art Of Cooking 

students can obtain a foundation of knowledge and skills in 

the fundamental techniques and theories of the Culinary Arts. 

Through applied course work as well as hands-on experiences 

students will have the opportunity to build the necessary 

skills and abilities to confidently meet the challenges of 

the food service industry. Graduates from The Art of Cooking 

certificate program will be prepared to seek entry-level positions 

in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. The length of 

the program is four (4), eleven (11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 



















be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two 

numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. 

They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx 

though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x CU identifi es the core courses required in this program. 

COURSE NAME CREDITS HOURS 

FOUNDATION & SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSES 

CU1210 Concepts and Theories of 

Culinary Techniques** 2 20 

CU1431 Introduction to Baking 4 70 

CU1432 Introduction to Pastry 4 70 

CU1471 Sanitation & Introduction to Hospitality 4 40 

CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques** 6 110 


THE ART OF COOKING 

CERTIFICATE // 4 QUARTERS 

COURSE NAME 

CULINARY LAB COURSES 

CREDITS HOURS 

CU1620 American Cuisine 6 110 

CU3461 À La Carte Kitchen** 4 70 

CU3462 Dining Room Operations** 4 70 

LECTURE COURSES 

CU1220 Purchasing and Product Identifi cation 2 30 

CU2409 Management by Menu 4 40 


40 credits : 642 hours 

7

CREATIVE EXPRESSION 

From cakes to custards and meringues to macaroons, the 

exacting creative expression that characterizes pastry arts is 

a respected and demanding facet of the culinary profession. 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota prepares individuals 

for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry certificate 

program. 

IT’S NOT JUST CREATIVITY 

Like any other craft, this profession requires learning and 

practice. Often a career in the culinary arts starts with the 

realization that food has power to delight, excite, and impress 

people. From the artistry of pastry making, to the sciences 

of quantity conversions, pastry and baking artists search for 

perfection. 






Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry 

professionals impart their knowledge and technical 






8 

BAKING & 

PASTRY 

Certifi cate 

4 Quarters 


• Demonstrate the knife skills, use of mis en place, appropriate 

use and care of equipment, selection of appropriate 

cooking techniques, and other recipe preparation skills 

(measuring and product identification) to successfully follow 

directions orally and from recipes. 

Plan, prepare, produce, and professionally present dishes 

while consistently maintaining a safe and sanitary work 

environment as defined by the Hazard Analysis and Critical 

Control Point (HACCP) standards. 

• Demonstrate the ethical and professional values of the 

culinary profession (including demonstrating the ability to 

conform to professional standards of conduct related to 

timeliness, appearance, behavior in a kitchen, especially 

in relating to diverse populations among co-workers and 

customers) through successful preparation of a resume 

and cover letter and the completion of team oriented tasks. 

GRADUATES 

With each discovery, the realization of how much there is to 

know in this profession is staggering. Emphasis is placed on 

speed, coordination, and teamwork when preparing pastry 

from scratch. Topics such as cake and pastry preparation, 

frozen desserts and chocolate, regional desserts, and cake 

decorating are specifically included in courses to prepare 

students for careers in baking and pastry making. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota Baking & Pastry graduates 

will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of 

hospitality and culinary arts. The length of the program is four 

(4), eleven (11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 























BAKING & PASTRY 

CERTIFICATE // 4 QUARTERS 


FOUNDATION & SKILL 

DEVELOPMENT COURSES 

CU1431 Introduction to Baking** 4 70 

CU1432 Introduction to Pastry** 4 70 



BAKING LAB COURSES 

CU1421 Advanced Baking 4 70 

CU1422 Artisan Breads 4 70 

CU1423 Cake Decorating 4 70 

CU1424 Advanced Pastry Production 4 70 

CU1425 Decoration & Production Baking** 4 70 

LECTURE COURSES 

CU1426 Baking Internship 4 120 



40 credits : 702 hours 

9

WHAT DO I LEARN? 

Baking skills with a side of culinary arts describes the dish 

offered in this associate’s degree program. From soup to 

sabayon and marinades to mousses, the exacting creative expression 

that characterizes the well rounded pastry chef who 

fits in every part of the demanding culinary profession. The 

associate’s level Baking & Pastry program prepares students 

for entry-level employment opportunities in the professional 

foodservice industry. Students have the opportunity to develop 

competencies in the art of baking, cake decoration, artisan 

breads, desserts and plating, with the addition of culinary 

skills, and business courses. 

MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY 

Considerations must also be made in the kitchen to maximize 

efficiency - when preparing a large quantity of cakes, breads 

and pastries for a big group, time, as well as taste, is of the 

essence. Studying the baking and pastry arts can result in a 

career that directly pleases the senses. It’s also a new way at 

looking at life borrowing influences by different types of cuisine 

and culture, and exploring new experimentations in flavor 

and presentation. The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & 

Pastry associate’s degree program. The length of the program 

is seven [7], eleven [11] week quarters. 

10 

BAKING & 

PASTRY 

Associate in 

Applied Science 

7 Quarters 


The mission of the Culinary Arts program is to provide an 

environment for students to become learners who possess 

the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary 

in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. 

Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced 

industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical 







Demonstrate the ability to professionally prepare standardized 

recipes using a variety of cooking techniques as well as 

the appropriate equipment and cooking skills. 

Describe and perform tasks related to common business 

practices within the culinary industry including inventory, 

menu planning, cost control, and food purchasing. 

Describe the principles of food and beverage management 

as well as the functions essential to the operation of the dining 

room in a restaurant through developing an appropriate 

business for a specific market. 

Define and articulate the professional values of the culinary 

profession including the standards for presenting themselves 

to employers in a professional manner, personal commitments 

to respect co-workers, employers, and equipment, 

well-defined career goals, and the value of life-long professional 

development.

COURSE CODES 










BAKING & PASTRY 

ASSOCIATE IN APPLIED SCIENCE // 7 QUARTERS 















Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses 

may be required as a component of this program. All courses are 

listed in alpha-numeric order. 



Culinary Techniques 2 20 

CU1431 Introduction to Baking ** 4 70 

CU1432 Introduction to Pastry ** 4 70 


CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques 6 110 


PRACTICAL APPLICATION COURSES 

CU1421 Advanced Baking 4 70 

CU1422 Artisan Breads 4 70 

CU1423 Cake Decorating 4 70 

CU1424 Advanced Pastry Production 4 70 

CU1425 Decoration & Production Baking** 4 70 

CU2650 Garde Manger 6 110 

CU3461 À La Carte Kitchen 4 70 

CU3462 Dining Room Operations 4 70 

CULINARY BUSINESS ESSENTIAL COURSES 


CU1426 Baking Internship 4 120 

CU2408 Management & Supervision 4 40 


CU2441 Planning and Cost Control** 4 40 

PA3411 Capstone/Portfolio** 4 40 



GE1406 Nutrition 4 40 


GE1413 Psychology 4 40 




GE2477 Spanish I 4 40 

GE2478 Spanish II 4 40 





11

GROWING INTEREST 

Today, America’s interest in culinary arts is growing and prospering 

as never before. Few occupations can offer the creativity 

and excitement found in the culinary arts. 

INDUSTRY GROWTH 

With nationwide increases in dining out, the food service 

industry is growing at a rapid rate. Consumer expectations 

will rise accordingly, and the industry needs to be prepared to 

respond to increasing demands for service, quality, nutrition, 

diversity of product, and flavor. 

WHAT WILL I LEARN? 

The associate’s level Culinary Arts degree program consists 

of courses covering basic skills and techniques, purchasing 

and cost control, kitchen management, international cuisine, 

nutrition, dining room procedures, garde manger, baking and 

pastries, à la carte kitchen, and an internship with a quality 

food service operation in the greater metropolitan area. 

The curriculum for this program is based on the classical 

principles of Escoffier, emphasizing progressive techniques 

and trends. The Art Institutes International Minnesota graduates 

will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field 

of hospitality and culinary arts. The length of the program is 

seven (7), eleven (11) week quarters. 

12 

CULINARY 

ARTS 

Associate in 


7 Quarters 


The mission of the Culinary Arts program is to provide an 

environment for students to become learners who possess 

the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary 

in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. 





















to employers in a professional manner, commitments to 

respect co-workers, employers, and equipment, well-defined 

career goals, and the value of life-long professional development.

COURSE CODES 










CULINARY ARTS 

























CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques** 6 110 




CU2240 Asian Cuisine 2 30 

CU2250 Contemporary Cuisine 2 30 

CU2640 International and Classical Cuisine 6 110 









CU2451 Food and Beverage Operations 4 40 

CU2470 Culinary Externship 4 120 
















13

CULINARY 

MANAGEMENT 


12 Quarters 

GOOD SERVICE LEADS TO SUCCESS 

No matter how good the food is, the service you receive at a 

restaurant is what affects most people’s decision to return. 

Your meal should arrive in reasonable time, the establishment 

should be clean, and your host and servers should be courteous. 

It’s the manager who ultimately is responsible for the 

quality of your dining experience. It’s a challenging job — but 

the rewards can be delicious. Managers control everything, 

from “front of the house” (the public part of the restaurant) to 

the “back of the house” (the kitchen and restaurant administration). 

Their goal is to bring customers back again and 

again. A manager’s leadership and decisions impact everyone 

from employees to diners. 


This bachelor’s degree program builds upon fundamental 

culinary skills to prepare you for management positions in the 

food service industry. You begin with the basics, from knife 

skills and kitchen procedures to nutrition, speed and timing, 

and presentation. From here, you progress to more advanced 

areas such as baking and pastry, garde manger (cold kitchen), 

international and American cuisine, à la carte, and dining 

room operations. You’ll also study human resource management, 

event, beverage and menu management, customer 

service management, marketing, leadership, and even food 

service for the retirement community. 

14 


























to employers in a professional manner, commitments to 

respect co-workers, employers, and equipment, well-defined 

career goals, and the value of life-long professional development.

COURSE CODES 



















CULINARY MANAGEMENT 



be completed. The second numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals 

differentiate the courses. Course designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended 

to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated with numbers 3xxx though 4xxx. Generally, the 

prefi x CU identifi es the core courses required in this program. 





FOUNDATION & SKILL 

DEVELOPMENT COURSES 




CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical 

Techniques** 6 110 



CU1431 Introduction to Baking** 4 70 

CU1432 Introduction to Pastry** 4 70 


CU2240 Asian Cuisine 2 30 

CU2250 Contemporary Cuisine 2 30 

CU2470 Culinary Externship 4 120 

CU2640 International and Classical Cuisine 6 110 




CU3823 Catering and Event Management 4 40 

CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts 4 40 

CU4421 Culinary Senior Practicum** 4 80 



AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising 4 60 





CU2451 Food and Beverage Operations 4 40 

CU3455 Human Resource Management 4 40 

CU3480 Quality Service Management and 

Training 4 40 

CU3481 Foodservice Technology and 

Information 4 40 

CU3490 Leadership and Organizational 

Development** 4 40 

CU4410 Foodservice Financial Management** 4 40 

CU4420 Facilities Management and Design 4 40 

CU4430 Global Management and Operations in 

the Hospitality Industry 4 40 

DM3480 Managing Creativity and Innovation 4 40 

HM2480 Hospitality Law 4 40 

PA3415 Management Internship 4 120 














GE3432 History and Culture of Cuisine 4 40 






15

DESIGN 

MANAGEMENT 


12 Quarters 

WHAT IS DESIGN MANAGEMENT? 

Design is the cornerstone of all successful products and services. 

In an increasingly global and competitive marketplace, 

today’s businesses are seeking partners who can innovate 

and collaborate to help protect the considerable investment 

they have made in their brands, products, and services. They 

seek managers who are adept at sales, marketing, and business, 

and who can manage the planning and creative production 

processes, including people and products. 


The Bachelor of Science in Design Management program 

offers enterprising students the opportunity to blend business 

and problem solving skills to help create an efficient 

and effective creative work environment. Design managers 

work with creative people, understand the creative process, 

and know how to manage projects, time, and money. As a 

result, design managers directly influence the bottom line and 

the success of the company. Within the organization, design 

managers can serve in roles ranging from support staff to key 

leadership members. 

Students in the Design Management program focus on one 

specialization area: Advertising, Media Arts and Animation, 

Graphic Design, Interior Design, Web Design & Interactive 

Media, Photography, or Visual Effects and Motion Graphics. 

The curriculum gives students a strong foundation in general 

education courses including Interpersonal Communication, 

Psychology, and Ethics; and business courses such as Technology 

and Productivity, Organizational Behavior, Managing 

Creativity and Innovation, Human Resource Management, and 

Financial Issues in Design. 

16 


The mission of the design management program is to prepare 

graduates for positions of innovation management by providing 

a strong foundation in design, branding, business management, 

entrepreneurship and communication. A key focus 

of the program is collaborative communication skills in dynamic, 

entrepreneurial environments. Graduates are prepared 

to grow their careers from entry-level positions to management 

positions as leadership is demonstrated. Graduating 

students will be prepared for entry-level positions in advertising 

agencies, design studios, and publishing houses 


Understand, encourage and inspire the creative process 

from concept to execution. 

Graduates will identify opportunities and execute innovative 

solutions to a variety of problems. 

Demonstrate proficiency in brand development and related 

business communication tools. 

Manage high-performance teams and business resources. 

GRADUATES ARE PREPARED 

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Design Management 

will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in advertising 

agencies, creative studios, publishing houses, and production 

companies. The program is twelve (12) eleven-week (11) 

quarters.

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi xes AD and DM identify the core courses required in this program. 

DESIGN MANAGEMENT 






MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION COURSES 

AD2420 Organizational Behavior** 4 40 

AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & 

Advertising** 4 60 


DM1420 Introduction to Design Management 4 40 

DM2400 Technology and Productivity 4 40 

DM2410 Fundamentals of Business 4 60 

DM2430 Principles of Managerial Accounting 4 40 

DM2480 Business Statistics for Design** 4 60 

DM2490 Project Management** 4 60 






STUDIO MANAGEMENT COURSES 

SM1401 Studio Major I 

(may vary based on specifi c course) 4 60 

SM1402 Studio Major II 


SM2403 Studio Major III 


SM2404 Studio Major IV 


SM3405 Studio Major V 


SM3406 Studio Major VI 


SM4407 Studio Major VII 


SM4408 Studio Major VIII 


TEAM AND PROFESSIONAL 


AD4420 Sales 4 40 



DM2470 Principles of Market Research 4 60 

DM3400 Financial Issues in Design** 4 40 

DM3460 Business Communications 4 40 

DM3480 Managing Creativity and Innovation** 4 40 

DM4410 Design Management Seminar 4 40 

DM4450 Business Plan** 4 60 

DM4480 Capstone** 4 60 























17

ABOUT THE PROGRAM 

The Bachelor of Science Program in Digital Film & Video Production 

at The Art Institutes International Minnesota will offer 

a balance in theory, history, and practical training to produce 

competent and literate graduates who are proficient in the 

technical, organizational, historical, and creative aspects of 

visual storytelling. This program will integrate industry and 

education with internship programs and its own student operated 

production company and television studios. 

The principles of this craft will be further explored and applied 

to the various contemporary forms. Students will have 

the opportunity to script and produce screenplays, teleplays, 

sitcoms, commercials and music videos, which, among other 

avenues, they can enter into the numerous writing and videomaking 

competitions the industry sponsors. 

Equally important is the production of the thesis video project, 

which will be the centerpiece of the graduating student’s 

demo reel. This allows the graduate the opportunity to enter 

film/video festivals and contests and present a “visual calling 

card” to prospective employers in the industry. In addition, 

technical competencies will be further enhanced as students 

will be offered advanced courses in these areas and provided 

the opportunity to concentrate in their chosen fields. 


The mission of the Digital Film & Video Production program 

is to prepare graduates for positions in the film, television, 

and interactive broadcast mediums. The Digital Film & Video 

Production program specifically offers training in the areas 

of scriptwriting, producing, directing, film production techniques, 

audio post, post production management, and motion 

graphics. Graduates are prepared to grow their careers from 

entry-level positions in the film, television, and interactive 

broadcast mediums to freelance professionals in the produc- 

18 

DIGITAL 

FILM & VIDEO 

PRODUCTION 


12 Quarters 

tion of feature films, shorts, music videos, and commercials 

or to embark on a career as a well-rounded, independent 

filmmaker. 


Conceptualize, plan, execute, and deliver a production utilizing 

digital filmmaking and video techniques, and demonstrating 

technical proficiency that meets industry standards. 

Apply peer and professional critiques in the articulation and 

justification of aesthetic decisions in their own projects and 

in the evaluation of other media work. 

Present and conduct themselves professionally and demonstrate 

an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, 

and industry expectations. 

Apply business and economic principles and practices in the 

media industry while maintaining legal and ethical standards. 

Apply effective media-related research, writing, and verbal 

communication skills to their work. 

Students graduating from the Bachelor of Science in the 

Digital Film & Video Production program are able to pursue 

the following entry-level positions such as production assistant, 

script reader, grip, gaffer, second assistant director, 

assistant to a film/TV executive, producer, director, writer, 

editor, production coordinator, or videographer and sound 

mixer in the television and movie industry. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

To receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Digital Film & 

Video Production, students must complete a minimum of 192 

quarter credits with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher.

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x DF identifi es the core courses required in this program. 

DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION 







CA1410 Storyboarding and Animatics 4 60 

DF1400 Survey of Digital Filmmaking 

and Video Production 4 60 

DF2440 History of Motion Media & 

Mass Communications 4 60 

DF3400 Media Theory & Criticism 4 60 

GD1400 Computer Applications** 4 60 



VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling 4 60 

TECHNICAL SKILL COURSES 

CA2430 Introduction to Video** 4 60 

CA2440 Digital Video Editing 4 60 

DF3420 Sound Design 4 60 



VE1438 Computer Graphics 4 60 

VE2453 Introduction to VFX** 4 60 

VE2481 Interactive Visual Design 4 60 

DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION COURSES 

CA2431 Audio Production 4 60 

DF1440 Lighting 4 60 

DF2400 Fundamentals of Cinematography** 4 60 

DF2410 Fundamentals of Producing & Directing 4 60 

DF2420 Studio Production 4 60 

DF2430 Electronic Field Production 4 60 

DF3410 Acting and Directing 4 60 

DF3430 Short Media Production 4 60 

DF3450 Media Production Workshop 4 60 

DF3460 Audio Post Production 4 60 

DF4410 Multi-Camera Production 4 60 

DF4420 Media Delivery Systems and 

Distribution 4 60 

VE3490 Advanced Editing Principles 4 60 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES 

DF3440 Senior Project Preparation** 4 60 

DF4400 Senior Project Production 4 60 

DF4430 Senior Project Post-Production 4 60 

DF4440 Senior Portfolio and Defense** 4 60 

DF4450 Internship 4 120 





















19

FASHION 

& RETAIL 

MANAGEMENT 


12 Quarters 

BUSINESS THAT SETS TRENDS 

Fashion and Retail Management is the business that sets the 

trends. This fast-paced industry requires talented, creative 

professionals who have a strong business sense and an eye 

for style. 


The Bachelor of Science degree in Fashion & Retail Management 

will offer experience across disciplines in business, 

fashion, and retail management. The emphasis is on the 

business management perspective of the program with a 

sprinkling of the fashion angle. This program will prepare 

students as managers in a business environment. As a bonus, 

students will have the opportunity to learn a great deal about 

the aspects of fashion. The content of the curriculum includes 

fashion and retail industry trends and manufacturing, general 

business, management, operations and compliance, retailing, 

marketing, and advertising. Students will have the opportunity 

to learn how to develop effective sales strategies, computer 

programs for cost analysis, inventory control and store operations. 


The mission of the Fashion & Retail Management program 

is to ensure that graduates will be capable of implementing 

professional communication and presentation. Graduates 

will demonstrate effective leadership skills reflective of the 

curriculum. Emphasis on the role of management in inspiring 

groups of staff members and supervisors will prepare graduates 

for challenging roles in the industry. Graduates will be 

able to effectively and creatively manage groups of staff and 

supervisors using innovative and original theory and practice. 

20 


Demonstrate fluency in various forms of business communication 

based on purpose and desired outcomes 

Calculate, analyze, and interpret financial concepts associated 

with retailing 

Apply legal principles to the formation, operation, and termination 

of a business. 

Demonstrate an understanding of the variety of roles within 

a retail organization. 

Demonstrate an understanding of the competitive international 

market, and the terms and concepts utilized within 

that market. 

Demonstrate knowledge of the entire manufacturing process. 

Understand the social, psychological, political, economic 

and technological influences that influence business. 

Demonstrate team skills in the role of a team member and 

team leader. 

Demonstrate critical thinking. 


Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Fashion & Retail 

Management will be prepared to seek entry-level positions 

such as Marketing Specialist, Visual Merchandiser, Department 

Manager, Merchandising Manager, Market Research 

Analyst, Fashion Buyer, Fashion Coordinator, Retail Store 

Manager, Marketing Representative, Retail Analyst, and Merchandise 

Planner. The length of the program is twelve (12), 

eleven (11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x FRM identifi es the core courses required in this program. 

FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT 






MANAGEMENT FOUNDATION COURSES 

AD2420 Organizational Behavior 4 40 


Advertising 4 60 


AD4420 Sales 4 40 


DM2410 Fundamentals of Business** 4 60 


DM2470 Principles of Market Research 4 60 


DM4420 Entrepreneurship 4 40 

DM4450 Business Plan 4 60 



FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT COURSES 

FRM1400 Fashion History I 4 40 

FRM1401 Fashion History II 4 40 

FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber 4 40 

FRM1442 Introduction to Retailing** 4 40 

FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation & Construction 4 40 

FRM2475 Retail Mathematics** 4 40 

FRM3425 Introduction to Manufacturing 4 40 

FRM3455 Merchandise Management** 4 40 

FRM4400 Visual Merchandising 4 40 

FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel 4 40 

FRM4430 Current Designers 4 40 

FRM4461 Product Development 4 40 

FRM4495 Special Topics in Fashion & 

Retail Management 4 40 

TEAM & BUSINESS APPLICATION COURSES 

AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion 4 40 


DM2490 Project Management 4 60 

FRM2400 Consumer Behavior 4 40 

FRM4480 International Marketing & Buying 4 40 




PA4487 Portfolio 4 60 




















21

FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAPHIC DESIGN 

Glossy magazines, compact disc covers, corporate identity 

systems, television graphics, billboards — all are composed 

of images, design, and printed words that work together to 

sell products and services or convey ideas. This is the fundamental 

concept of graphic design, and it’s the basis of some 

of today’s most dynamic fields — advertising, publishing, and 

television. The Graphic Design Associate in Applied Science 

degree program is the first step toward a career in commercial 

graphics. Initially, students develop an understanding of 

color, composition, design, typography, and drawing skills. 


As students progress through the program, they are trained in 

creative problem solving and have the opportunities to learn 

to offer solutions that are effective in the business of graphic 

design. Emphasis is placed on learning the skills and techniques 

of computer graphics, electronic imaging, and production. 

Tools include scanners, digital cameras, and computerbased 

hardware and software. Advanced training includes the 

execution of assignments encountered by professionals in the 

field. 


The mission of the Graphic Design program is to provide a 

focus on conceptual thinking while developing graphic design 

technical and creative skills, including an introduction to 

the theory and practice of print and web design production, 

electronic publishing, graphic imagery, and sales promotion. 

Graduates are prepared to grow their careers from entry-level 

positions in the graphic design field through the practice of 

lifelong learning. Graduating students will be prepared to find 

entry-level positions as production artists, graphic designers, 

assistant designers, assist art directors, paste-up artists, 

production coordinators, and computer artists. 

22 

GRAPHIC 

DESIGN 

Associate in 


7 Quarters 


Demonstrate competencies in industry-specific computer 

software programs within the context of producing concrete 

projects. This includes technical aspects of prepress, output, 

and quality reproduction, as well as web design. 

Incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and 

design. This includes spatial relationships; communication 

legibility and effectiveness; interrelationships among imagery 

and text; balance; typography; and color theory. 

Articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain 

and promote their solutions. 

Demonstrate professional presentation; articulation of 

knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving. 


By graduation, Graphic Design students have acquired the 

training and the portfolio necessary to interview for entry-level 

positions in advertising agencies, design studios, publishing 

houses, corporate communication’s departments, and television 

studios. Our graduates find work as production artists, 

graphic designers, assistant designers, assistant art directors, 

paste-up artists, production coordinators, and computer 

artists. The length of the program is seven (7), eleven (11) 

week quarters.

COURSE CODES 










GRAPHIC DESIGN 














though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x GD identifi es the core courses required in this program. 









GD1411 Intermediate Drawing 4 60 

GD1430 Illustration 4 60 







GD2432 Digital Illustration 4 60 


GD2440 Print Production** 4 60 

GD3431 Advanced Design** 4 60 

GD3445 Marketing Design 4 60 

GD3465 Publication Design 4 60 


TEAM & PROFESSIONAL 



GD4480 Design Production Team 4 60 


PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** 4 60 















23

WHAT IS GRAPHIC DESIGN? 

Advertisements, brochures, corporate identity systems, 

product packaging, video graphics, computer imaging, signs, 

exhibits – all these are created by graphic designers to communicate 

effectively with consumers. Graphic designers 

are visual communicators who combine color, composition, 

typography, and illustration in creative, innovative ways to 

inform, motivate, sell, educate, and entertain. 

GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDENTS 

All graphic design students begin with foundation classes in 

color, design, drawing, and computer skills. The Bachelor of 

Science program builds on these skills with additional training 

in conceptual thinking, creativity, problem solving, market 

research, digital production, project management, art direction, 

business practices, and supervisory skills. 


The mission of the Graphic Design program is to provide a 

focus on conceptual thinking while developing graphic design 

technical and creative skills, including an introduction 

to the theory and practice of print and web design production, 

electronic publishing, graphic imagery, and sales promotion. 

Graduates are prepared to grow their careers from 

entry-level positions in the graphic design field through the 

practice of lifelong learning. Graduating students will be 

prepared to find entry-level positions as production artists, 

graphic designers, assistant designers, assist art directors, 

paste-up artists, production coordinators, and computer 

artists. 

24 

GRAPHIC 

DESIGN 


12 Quarters 


Demonstrate and apply competencies in industry-specific 

computer software programs within the context of producing 

concrete projects. This includes technical aspects of 

prepress, output, and quality reproduction, as well as web 

design. 

Analyze and incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of 

layout and design. This includes spatial relationships; communication 

legibility and effectiveness; interrelationships 

among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color 

theory. 

Demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical 

and contemporary trends and social context by producing 

successful visual solutions to assigned problems. 

Model the interdependence of content and visual expression 

and be able to evaluate and critique their ideas. Graduates 

must be able to verbally articulate the vision behind their 

creative work and explain and promote their solutions. 

Demonstrate professional presentation; articulation of knowledge 

of graphic design and visual problem solving; and mastery 

of industry standards, professional practices and ethics. 


Armed with a portfolio assembled in their classes, graduates 

of the graphic design program are trained in the creative and 

production skills. Graduates are prepared to seek entry-level 

positions in increasingly technical and competitive industry. 

The length of the program is twelve (12), eleven (11) week 

quarters.

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x GD identifi es the core courses required in this program. 












GD1430 Illustration 4 60 








GD2421 Art & Design Concepts 4 60 

GD2432 Digital Illustration 4 60 

GD2433 Electronic Design 4 60 

GD2437 Design History 4 40 



GD2425 Advanced Typography 4 60 

GD2434 3D Design 4 60 

GD2440 Print Production** 4 60 

GD3431 Advanced Design** 4 60 


GD3455 Package Design 4 60 

GD3465 Publication Design 4 60 

GD4435 Advanced Illustration 4 60 


IM2440 User Centered Interface Design 4 60 




GD3411 Corporate Identity & Communications 4 60 

GD3435 Media Design 4 60 


GD4480 Design Production Team 4 60 
























25

HOSPITALITY 

MANAGEMENT 


12 Quarters 

WHAT IS HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT? 

The world’s most illustrious hotels, restaurants, and resorts 

build their reputations on being able to meet customer expectations 

and demands for service, quality, diversity of 

product, and professional expertise. At The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota, we understand that successful communication 

between all the players in the Hospitality Management 

business – in the kitchen and in the front of the house 

– from the front desk to housekeeping, keeps things running 

smoothly and contributes to the overall success of any hospitality 

venture. 


Curriculum for the Bachelor of Science Hospitality Management 

program begins with an introduction to the variety and 

scope of positions within the hospitality industry. Students 

explore the various dimensions of hospitality, such as the role 

of culinary education and various career opportunities, before 

moving on to both practical and theoretical skills in the business 

arena. Purchasing, budgeting, planning and cost control 

knowledge informs students of the market requirements of 

running a hotel, restaurant or institutional business. Students 

are also grounded in the marketing, financial management, 

law, facilities management, and travel industry skills necessary 

in the operation of a business in the various segments of 

the multi-faceted hospitality industry. 


The mission of the Hospitality Management program is to 

prepare students for entry-level positions in the hospitality 

industry. A comprehensive curriculum in all facets of the 

industry, along with personal and professional development 

skills will prepare students to assume management roles in a 

wide variety of hospitality applications. Graduates will demonstrate 

leadership attributes that will grow as they assume 

positions with increasing responsibilities across the spectrum 

of the hospitality management professional environment. 

26 


Implement professional communication and presentation 

skills across any industry segment. 

Demonstrate their knowledge and appreciation regarding the 

importance of personal appearance and business acumen in 

their exposure to both potential employees and their peers. 

Demonstrate effective leadership skills as outlined in the curriculum. 

Emphasis on the role of manager in inspiring groups 

of staff members and supervisors will prepare graduates for 

challenging roles in the industry. 

Demonstrate attainment of a firm foundation in all segments 

of the industry, including lodging, foodservice, institutional, 

travel/tourism and resorts. The science of management will 

be threaded throughout each individual industry segment. 

Make an informed career track choice upon graduation. 

Career exploration activities and documented field trips will 

expose students to the wide variety of educational applications 

within the industry. 

Manage groups of staff and supervisors. 

Demonstrate applicable law and regulatory requirements for 

employers. 

Manage, using innovative and original theory and practice. 


The Hospitality Management program is a good choice for 

those who possess a passion for the culinary and hospitality 

industries. Whether you dream of owning or managing a restaurant, 

or are seeking to assume a professional position with 

catering companies, hotels, resorts, cruise lines or institutions 

the program is designed to prepare you for a variety of entrylevel 

positions in the Hospitality industry. The program also 

suits individuals currently employed in the service industry 

who are looking to challenge themselves and broaden their 

career options. Upon successful completion of the program, 

students are prepared to enter the work force with a wellrounded 

portfolio that lays the foundation for a career in the 

ever-growing hospitality industry. The length of the program is 

twelve (12), eleven (11) week quarters. 

NOTE: This program requires the use of a laptop. The following 

hardware and software requirements listed below are the 

minimum specifications necessary for the computer: 

Hardware: 256 MB of RAM or more, 5 GB of free disk space, 

802.11b or 802.11g wireless network adapter 

Platform: Windows 2000 or XP; MacOS X only 

Minimum: Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Windows, Safari 

or Firefox 1.5 or higher for Macintosh NOTE: JavaScript & 

Cookies must be enabled. 

Students can purchase discounted laptops through 

www.aistudentstore.com

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi xes CU and HM identify the core courses required in this program. 

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 









CULINARY SKILL COURSES 

CU1210 Concepts and Theories 

of Culinary Techniques 2 20 



CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques 6 110 

CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts 4 40 

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT COURSES 

CU2451 Food and Beverage Operations** 4 40 

CU3462 Dining Room Operations 4 70 

CU3480 Quality Service Management and 

Training 4 40 

CU3823 Catering and Event Management 4 40 

CU4420 Facility Management and Design 4 40 

CU4430 Global Management and Operations 

in the Hospitality Industry 4 40 

HM1440 Lodging Operations** 4 40 

HM2450 Front Offi ce Management 4 40 

HM2451 Purchasing/Contract Service 4 40 

HM2480 Hospitality Law** 4 40 

HM2481 Institutional Operations 4 40 

HM3412 Travel and Tourism 4 40 

HM3490 Risk Management 4 40 

HM3491 Multi-Unit/Chain/Franchise Operations 4 40 

HM4401 Hospitality Accounting** 4 40 

HM4402 Beverage Management 4 40 

PROFESSIONAL & BUSINESS 

APPLICATION COURSES 


Advertising 4 60 





HM1430 Sales and Public Relations 4 40 

HM4430 Hospitality Capstone** 4 40 

PA3415 Management Internship - HM 16 480 





















27

WHAT IS INTERIOR DESIGN? 

Cozy and warm, demonstrative and bold. These are just a few 

ways to describe the look and feel of a room or office when 

designing the right environment for a client. If you’ve always 

wanted to express yourself through color, patterns and textures 

to create an atmosphere, then the Interior Design program 

awaits you. 


Our associate’s level Interior Design degree program is carefully 

balanced to provide a three-dimensional understanding 

of space, form, and function. In early courses, students 

have the opportunity to learn the basics of drawing, drafting, 

color, and design, and the fundamentals of space planning 

and perspective. In later quarters, students receive training 

in working drawings, detailing, life safety codes, and learn 

about textiles and the history of design. 


The mission of the Interior Design programs is to provide 

students with relevant skills preparing them for their profession 

of choice. Students will be able to conceive and execute 

viable and creative design solutions for diverse clients. 

28 

INTERIOR 

DESIGN 

Associate in 


8 Quarters 


Communicate and document design solutions through verbal, 

visual and written means. 

Demonstrate the ability to articulate design through manual 

and computer drawings and presentations. 

Appropriately apply building codes and accessibility guidelines. 

Demonstrate an ability to problem solve through the use of 

design elements, including specification of products and 

materials. 


Graduates are prepared to seek entry-level positions such as 

draftsperson, assistant designer, and facilities or space planner. 

The length of the program is eight (8), eleven (11) week 

quarters.

COURSE CODES 










INTERIOR DESIGN 














though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x ID identifi es the core courses required in this program. 









ID1433 Textiles & Fabrics 4 60 


HISTORICAL REFERENCE COURSES 

ID2420 History of Design to 1830 4 40 

ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present 4 40 


ID1420 Architectural Drafting** 4 60 

ID1421 Perspectives 4 60 

ID1426 Mixed Media 4 60 

ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems 4 60 

ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** 4 60 

ID3425 Lighting 4 60 

ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** 4 60 

ID3429 Interior Detailing 4 60 

CONCEPTUAL SKILL COURSES 

ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning 4 60 

ID3440 Specialty Design 4 60 

RESIDENTIAL STUDIO COURSES 

ID2424 Elements of Interior Design 4 60 

ID2441 Design Development: Residential 4 60 

ID2443 Problems in Residential Design 4 60 

COMMERCIAL STUDIO COURSES 

ID2442 Design Development: Commercial 4 60 


ID4479 Professional Practice 4 40 


PA4485 Portfolio Preparation 4 60 

ELECTIVE COURSES (SELECT ONE) 4 CREDITS 

ID1440 3D Design - 60 contact hours 

ID2431 Revit Application - 60 contact hours 

ID2440 Design Process - 60 contact hours 

ID3419 Civilization & the Arts - 40 contact hours 

ID3441 Advanced Residential Design - 60 contact hours 

ID3442 Advanced Corporate Design- 60 contact hours 

ID4440 Advanced Specialty Design - 60 contact hours 

GENERAL EDUCATION 












w/ 60 contact hours elective 


w/ 40 contact hours elective 


29

UNDERSTANDING INTERIOR DESIGN 

Interior designers must have a thorough understanding of 

efficient space planning, human factors, color, pattern, lighting, 

furniture, and materials. These elements are essential to 

the creation of residential and commercial spaces. Whether 

working for architectural or interior design firms, hotel or 

restaurant chains, department or furniture stores, or independently 

as consultants or firm owners, accomplished designers 

are adept at working with clients and understanding their 

needs. 


Begin with a great foundation in basic rendering and perspective. 

Build your aesthetic and technical problem-solving 

skills, and discover the difference between designing for 

architectural firms, retail stores, hotels and restaurants. You’ll 

learn how to keep accurate records and discover how to 

buy wholesale. Students enter a world where color, texture, 

fabric, and light are instruments that paint an environment. 

Students are introduced to computer-aided drafting (CAD) 

and sample the real world of interior design in the studio, the 

showroom, and the business planning office. 






30 

INTERIOR 

DESIGN 


12 Quarters 




Demonstrate the ability to articulate design through manual 

and computer drawings and presentations. 

Appropriately apply building codes and accessibility guidelines. 

Utilize appropriate design processes to create comprehensive 

design solutions appropriate to client and employer 

needs. 

Demonstrate an ability to problem solve through the use of 

design elements, including specification of products and 

materials. 

Utilize research to achieve concept ideation and to execute 

appropriate design. 

Synthesize learned knowledge of the histories of architecture, 

art, design, and furniture to apply to design solutions. 

Apply professional standards and ethics in Interior Design 

business practices. 


By graduation, students have learned to control space and 

affect perceptions through the application of their art forms; 

the way color elicits response; the effect of ambient and task 

lighting on efficiency; and the ability of furniture design and 

placement to control mood and support function. We place 

great emphasis on the development of a professional portfolio 

for every Interior Design student. The Interior Design graduates 

are prepared to seek entry-level opportunities as residential 

planners, design consultants and project managers, 

among others. The length of the program is twelve (12), eleven 

(11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 

































ID1433 Textiles & Fabrics 4 60 


HISTORICAL REFERENCE COURSES 

ID2418 History of Architecture 4 40 

ID2420 History of Design to 1830 4 40 

ID3419 Civilization & the Arts 4 40 

ID3420 History of Design 

from 1830 to Present 4 40 

ID3421 19th & 20th Century Architecture 4 40 





ID2425 Building Materials and 

Mechanical Systems 4 60 


ID2431 Revit Applications 4 60 




ID4425 Advanced Detailing** 4 60 


ID1440 3D Design 4 60 


ID2440 Design Process 4 60 



ID2424 Elements of Interior Design 4 60 



ID3441 Advanced Residential Design 4 60 



ID3442 Advanced Corporate Design 4 60 

ID4440 Advanced Specialty Design 4 60 


ID4479 Professional Practice 4 40 

ID4480 Senior Design Project 4 60 






















31

WHAT IS INTERIOR PLANNING? 

Everything that is manufactured, constructed, or remodeled 

involves charts, plans or drawings. The drafter puts the 

designs on paper that are essential to managers, financiers, 

engineers, and manufacturers. 


The overall program objective is to develop an entry-level 

drafter; the program focuses on building construction. In 

addition to learning the basic skills such as lettering, line 

work, and drafting principles, the drafter learns to use codes 

specification and reference materials. Training is also devoted 

to learning Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) when the power 

of the computer and advanced software greatly expands the 

drafter’s productivity. 






32 

INTERIOR 

PLANNING 

WITH 

AUTOCAD 

Associate in 


8 Quarters 




Knowledgably review construction and mechanical systems 

to determine appropriate design solutions and code compliance. 

Demonstrate the ability to utilize technology to prepare plans 

and drawings. 

Utilize research to achieve concept ideation and to execute 

appropriate design. 


The Interior Planning with AutoCAD associate’s degree program 

was developed for the student who desires to gain the 

skills and knowledge required to work in entry-level job categories 

such as draftsperson, plans checker, planner, detailer, 

or designer; all of which have varying levels or responsibility 

and job titles. Depending on the drafter’s skill, the jobs can 

range from preparing drawings from notes and instructions of 

engineers and architects, to designing products, detailing and 

selecting materials, and preparing specifications. The length 

of the program is eight (8), eleven (11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 










INTERIOR PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD 





























ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems 4 60 


ID2431 Revit Applications 4 60 





ID1440 3D Design 4 60 








ID3442 Advanced Corporate Design 4 60 

ID4440 Advanced Specialty Design 4 60 


















33

VISUAL COMMUNICATOR 

Advertising, television, film and video, entertainment, game 

design, architecture and education, are among the industries 

that make use of design, illustration, and modeling skills 

developed by Media Arts & Animation graduates. Opportunities 

such as gaming modeler, storyboard artist, character 

designer, broadcast graphics designer, animator, and video 

postproduction artist are part of this field that is repackaging 

information in creative new ways. The computer animator is 

a skilled and specialized visual communicator who combines 

individual artistic talent with technological expertise to create 

impressions in a moving-image format. 


Students have the opportunity to learn to use the tools of the 

computer animation profession, ranging from 2D animation to 

3D modeling and desktop video production. 

In addition to software applications, equipment also includes 

scanners, printers, video, audio, and classroom presentation 

equipment. These tools enhance students’ flexibility and creativity, 

and enable them to produce an individualized digital 

portfolio that demonstrates their practical and technical abilities 

to potential employers. The Bachelor of Science in Media 

Arts & Animation program is designed to refine and synthesize 

the students’ competencies in the field of computer 

animation. Students apply advanced techniques in drawing, 

characterization, animation in both 2D and 3D computerized 

environments, and interactive technologies. 

34 

MEDIA ARTS 

& ANIMATION 


12 Quarters 


The bachelor’s level Media Arts & Animation program provides 

graduates with the relevant career skills needed to 

obtain and develop careers in the animation industry. The 

goal is accomplished through a focused curriculum based on 

industry validated program exit competencies. Graduates 

will be prepared for entry-level positions in 2D animation, 3D 

animation, broadcast graphics, artists or other animation and 

art specialists. 


Demonstrate application of learned concepts from traditional 

arts courses. These include: drawing, color, form, design, 

composition and digital art skills showing a solid foundation 

according to industry standards. 

Demonstrate an applied technical knowledge of standard 

industry animation and digital design software. 

Demonstrate a practical understanding and application in 

the principles of animation, acting and movement and cinematic 

storytelling as it relates to 2D and 3D animation. 

Demonstrate an understanding of professionalism, presentation 

skills and core curriculum competencies through effective 

self-marketing. 


Graduates will develop a graduate portfolio, which represents 

a unique style and demonstrates conceptual abilities. The 

Media Arts & Animation bachelor’s degree program prepares 

graduates to seek entry-level positions as 2D animators, 

3D animators, broadcast graphic artists or other animation 

and art specialists. The length of the program is twelve (12), 

eleven (11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx.Generally, the prefi x CA identifi es the core courses required in this program. 

MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION 







CA1409 History and Trends in Animation 4 60 

CA1415 Writing for Animation 4 60 

CA2413 Acting for Animators 4 60 




GD1403 Typography for Digital Media 4 60 



ART SKILL/2D ANIMATION COURSES 


CA2412 Advanced Drawing for Animation 4 60 

CA2425 Introduction to 2D Animation** 4 60 

CA2432 Character/Object Design 4 60 


TEAM SKILL COURSES 

CA4461 Traditional Animation Studio 4 60 

CA4480 Team Animation 4 60 



CA1420 Digital Imaging** 4 60 





3D MODELING/ANIMATION COURSES 

CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** 4 60 

CA2439 Introduction to 3D Animation** 4 60 

CA3425 Materials and Lighting 4 60 

CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** 4 60 

CA3459 Intermediate 3D Animation** 4 60 

CA3469 Advanced 3D Modeling 4 60 

PORTFOLIO COURSES 

CA3460 Computer Animation Studio 4 60 

CA3470 Special Topics for Computer Animation 4 60 


PA4483 Digital Portfolio** 4 60 

PA4484 Portfolio Presentation** 4 60 


ELECTIVE COURSES (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

CA2435 Advanced 2D Animation 

CA3479 Advanced 3D Animation 




















35

PHOTOGRAPHY 

Bachelor of Fine Arts 

12 Quarters 


In our bachelor of fine arts program, you have the opportunity 

to obtain key technical skill with basic classes in photography 

(both traditional darkroom and digital), design, and layout. As 

you gain proficiency, you increase your skill level with coursework 

in studio and product photography, in-depth topical 

explorations of subject, and professional level digital photographic 

printing. You can sharpen your camera skills through 

learning to use camera formats from 35mm to 4x5 studio 

cameras with digital backs. Manipulate light to create drama 

then play with the color. You scout your locations and then 

get in the darkroom for some hands-on processing and printing, 

or in the digital lab to make a 24” x 36” digital print. 

PREPARING YOUR PORTFOLIO 

You start to shape your own style. As you work, a single unexpected 

frame may take your breath away or you may shoot all 

day before you get the look that you want. Either way, when 

you experience the excitement of knowing that you captured 

one perfect photograph, you’re hooked. When you’re ready 

to graduate, it’s time to bring all the elements of your education 

into focus with your portfolio. It’s the culmination of all 

your effort and the most important factor in your job search. 

As a showcase of your best work, your “book” gauges your 

creative talent, technical skill, and value in the marketplace 

for potential employers to see. 


The mission of the Photography program is to provide students 

with technical skills and the mature design vision 

needed to produce compelling imagery. Students will also 

acquire communication and business skills appropriate to 

market needs. 

36 


Produce a portfolio of original work for current media and 

multiple platforms, demonstrating industry standards, personal 

interest and career specialization. 

Place themselves and their work within a historical and 

cultural context. 

Use problem-solving processes to produce visually compelling 

imagery reflective of their personal styles and visions. 

Conceptualize, plan and implement marketing strategies 

and a business model reflective of industry standards, while 

demonstrating personal motivation and ethical practices. 


After graduation, you will be prepared to start your career in 

entry-level positions such as a freelance or stringer photography 

assistant at a commercial studio, newspaper, magazine, 

or a government agency, working on everything from 

on-location in industrial and scientific venues to news and 

portraiture. The length of the program is twelve (12), eleven 

(11) week quarters. 

NOTE: This program strongly recommends ownership of a 

fully manual digital SLR camera. The following specifications 

are the minimum necessary to qualify a camera for use in this 

program: 

Detachable lens 

Able to control shutter speed and aperture manually 

Able to view histogram and adjust the white balance in 

camera 

Able to record in RAW format

COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x PH identifi es the core courses required in this program. 

PHOTOGRAPHY 

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS // 12 QUARTERS 













PH1401 Principles of Photography** 4 60 

PH1410 History and Survey of Photography 4 40 


AD2400 Computer Illustration 4 60 




PHOTOGRAPHIC CONCEPT COURSES 

PH1413 Fundamentals of Lighting** 4 60 

PH1450 Photographic Design 4 60 

PH1470 Large Format Photography 4 60 

PH2413 Advanced Lighting 4 60 

PH2450 Alternative Photo Process 4 60 

PH2451 Digital Photographic Production** 4 60 

PH2460 Digital Darkroom 4 60 

PH2470 Editorial Photography 4 60 

PH2478 Location Photography 4 60 

PH3410 Photographic Essays & Visual Narratives 4 60 

PH3413 Photographic Studio** 4 60 

PH4410 Specialization 4 60 



AD3450 Art Direction 4 60 


GD3470 Law and the Commercial Arts 4 40 





PH3400 The Business of Photography 4 40 

ELECTIVE A (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

GD2440 Print Production 

IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages 

ELECTIVE B (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

GD3465 Publication Design 

IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics 




















37

STORYTELLERS 

As summer blockbusters and hit television shows prove, 

today’s audiences are growing increasingly more demanding 

and more sophisticated. It is the role of the visual effects and 

motion graphics artist to help storytellers deliver bigger and 

bigger thrills to the world’s growing entertainment audience. 

The Visual Effects & Motion Graphics program offers students 

the opportunity to acquire skills in a new specialization that 

focuses on communication arts for film, television, and the 

Web. 


An education in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics will teac 

students how to use digital compositing to create layered and 

textural landscapes that engage both the mind and the emotions. 

Students will have the opportunity to learn how to build 

a seamless presentation that is both visually arresting and 

commercially effective, through the integration of live action 

footage, 3D, graphic elements and sound. In addition, they 

will have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about 

the stages of the production process and learn what it means 

to be part of a creative team working to meet a goal. There 

will be opportunities to problem-solve through start-to-finish 

projects that test students’ conceptualization and execution 

skills. In the final quarters of the program, students will be 

able to choose an area of specialization, which targets their 

specific career goals. Each graduate will have a reel of their 

best work ready to show prospective employers. 

38 

VISUAL 

EFFECTS & 

MOTION 

GRAPHICS 


12 Quarters 


The Bachelor of Science program in Visual Effects & Motion 

Graphics prepares graduates for entry-level positions in 

television, the film industry, special effects, corporate postproduction 

and other related fields by providing for a solid 

foundation in the principles of art, design, professional skills 

and technical knowledge essential for their success. Graduates 

will be prepared for entry-level positions in broadcast 

and cable television, film, videos, and DVD post-production 

industries. 


Conceptualize and design effective motion graphics within 

professional design parameters. 

Create engaging visual effects by implementing post-production 

techniques. 

Demonstrate technical application of compositing, audio, 

editing, and use of live-action plates to enhance visual communications. 

Demonstrate basic filmmaking principles in cinematography, 

animation and editing. 


The Bachelor of Science in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 

program will prepare graduates to seek entry-level positions 

in broadcast and cable television, film, video, and DVD postproduction 

industries. The opportunities for graduates of 

this program exist due to the growing use of video and other 

animation on the Web. The length of the program is twelve 


COURSE CODES 






















though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi xes CA and VE identify the core courses required in this program. 

VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS 













VE1409 History and Trends in Visual Effects 4 60 

VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling 4 60 


CA3425 Materials and Lighting 4 60 

CA2430 Introduction to Video** 4 60 



VE3490 Advanced Editing Principles 4 60 

VISUAL EFFECTS COURSES 

CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** 4 60 

CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** 4 60 

VE2450 Maps, Mattes, and Masks 4 60 

VE2453 Introduction to VFX** 4 60 

VE2467 Production Design 4 60 

VE3453 Intermediate VFX** 4 60 

VE3465 Digital Cinematography for VFX 4 60 

VE3477 3D Effects 4 60 

VE4463 Advanced VFX I 4 60 

VE4473 Advanced VFX II 4 60 

MOTION GRAPHICS COURSES 

VE1438 Computer Graphics** 4 60 

VE2481 Interactive Visual Design 4 60 

VE2486 Broadcast Graphics 4 60 

VE3486 Intermediate Broadcast Graphics** 4 60 

VE4486 Advanced Broadcast Graphics 4 60 

PORTFOLIO COURSES 

GD3470 Law and the Commercial Arts 4 40 


PA4483 Digital Portfolio** 4 60 


VE3457 Post Production Management 4 60 

VE4467 Production Studio I 4 60 

ELECTIVE COURSE (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

CA2431 Audio Production 

PH1401 Principles of Photography 




















39

WEB DESIGN 

& INTERACTIVE 

MEDIA 

Associate in 


7 Quarters 

WHAT IS WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA? 

Web designers and Interactive media designers can find 

inspiration anywhere. Realizing that their designs must not 

only be attractive, but also smart and intuitive, these artists 

look to everyday objects for inspiration for Web sites, kiosks, 

CD-ROMs, and other Interactive media presentations. Web 

designers and Interactive media designers have specialized 

skills both as artists and technicians. They know how to 

attract people to certain Web sites and information kiosks, 

and dazzle them with CD-ROMs. They design the underlying 

architecture and screen interfaces, incorporating intuitive, 

strategic layouts and high concept communications. Simply 

put, the user should be able to navigate through a Web site, 

information kiosk or CD-ROM presentation without having to 

put thought into how to browse it. 


By working in classrooms and computer labs, students of 

the Web Design & Interactive Media associate’s level degree 

program have the opportunity to develop a strong foundation 

in drawing and design, digital image manipulation, interactive 

design, graphic design, and animation. In later quarters, 

students become involved in more complex coursework, 

combining animation tools on personal computers, in addition 

to software applications to integrate text, sound, images, 

animation, and video to complete a project. 


The mission of Web Design & Interactive Media is to prepare 

students to work in an environment that integrates electronic 

communications that are essential to communicating in contemporary 

business, education, and entertainment industries. 

Graduates will be prepared for entry-level positions in the 

rapidly expanding field of interactive design, web design, 

graphic arts, digital media production, or project coordinator. 

40 


Demonstrate and integrate knowledge of the major concepts, 

theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and historical 

trends in interactive media. 

Understand and apply basic research methods in interactive 

media, including research design, data analysis, and interpretation. 

Understand and apply the language and concepts of the 

field of interactive design, through effective communication 

and design. 

Demonstrate the ability to acquire and disseminate digital 

information and use computers and other technology for a 

variety of purposes. 

Demonstrate a strong foundation in color theory, design, 

digital image manipulation, multimedia system design, 

scriptwriting, sound, video, animation, web programming 

and interface design for the purposes of branding and business 

optimization. 

Apply advanced skills in the principles of form and function 

to produce design and business solutions appropriate to a 

particular client or target audience. 


By graduation, Web Design & Interactive Media students are 

prepared to seek entry-level positions in the rapidly expanding 

field of interactive design using the practical and technical 

skills they have acquired. The length of the programs is seven 


COURSE CODES 










WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA 














though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x IM identifi es the core courses required in this program. 












INTERACTIVE DESIGN COURSES 

IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** 4 60 

IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** 4 60 

IM2460 Introduction to Authoring 4 60 

IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics 4 60 

IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting 4 60 

IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages** 4 60 

DESIGN ELEMENT COURSES 




AUDIO/VIDEO/MEDIA COURSES 


IM2480 Digital Video Production 4 60 



















41

WEB DESIGN 

& INTERACTIVE 

MEDIA 


12 Quarters 

WHAT IS WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA? 

The quickly evolving field of interactive media requires talented 

people to combine sound, images, text, and animation 

in order to entertain and educate. These designers do much 

more than just code; they understand the need to design with 

both the client and the end user in mind. Web designers and 

interactive media designers have specialized skills both as 

artists and technicians. They know how to attract people to 

certain Web sites and information kiosks, and dazzle them 

with CD-ROMs. They’re problem solvers, helping businesses 

reach their target and marketing goals. They design the underlying 

architecture and screen interfaces, incorporating 

intuitive, strategic layouts and high concept to communicate. 


As you may imagine, a dynamic field such as this requires a 

lot of ongoing practice and high technical proficiency. This 

is true, but a strong foundation of core courses lays down 

the framework. Courses in drawing, design, color theory, and 

computer applications get you moving in the right direction. 

From there, you jump into digital imaging and illustration, 

sound design, information design, and writing for interactive 

and media. 


The mission of Web Design & Interactive Media is to prepare 

students to work in an environment that integrates electronic 

communications that are essential to communicating in contemporary 

business, education, and entertainment industries. 

Graduates will be prepared for entry-level positions in the 

rapidly expanding field of interactive design, web design, 

graphic arts, digital media production, or project coordinator. 

42 


Demonstrate and integrate knowledge of the major concepts, 

theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and 

historical trends in interactive media. 

Understand and apply basic research methods in interactive 

media, including research design, data analysis, and interpretation. 

Understand and apply the language and concepts of the 

field of interactive design, through effective communication 

and design. 

Demonstrate the ability to acquire and disseminate digital 

information and use computers and other technology for a 

variety of purposes. 

Demonstrate a strong foundation in color theory, design, 

digital image manipulation, multimedia system design, 

scriptwriting, sound, video, animation, web programming 

and interface design for the purposes of branding and business 

optimization. 

Apply advanced skills in the principles of form and function 

to produce design and business solutions appropriate to a 

particular client or target audience. 


Graduates from the Web Design & Interactive Media will be 

prepared to seek entry-level positions like interactive designer, 

Web designer, graphic artist, digital media producer, or 

project coordinator in corporate communications, law, medicine, 

science, engineering, education, and consumer information 

delivery. The length of the program is twelve (12), eleven 

(11) week quarters.

COURSE CODES 





















INTERACTIVE DESIGN COURSES 

IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** 4 60 

IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** 4 60 

IM2460 Introduction to Authoring 4 60 

IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics 4 60 

IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting 4 60 

IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages** 4 60 

IM3460 Intermediate Authoring 4 60 

IM4420 Dynamic Web Applications** 4 60 

IM4470 E-Learning Design & Applications 4 60 

IM4490 Special Topics in Web Design 

& Interactive Media 4 60 

DESIGN ELEMENT COURSES 

AD2400 Computer Illustration 4 60 




IM4440 Usability Evaluation 4 60 

AUDIO/VIDEO/MEDIA COURSES 



IM2480 Digital Video Production 4 60 














though 4xxx. Generally, the prefi x IM identifi es the core courses required in this program. 




without internship elective 


with internship elective 





IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design 4 40 

IM4480 Web Design & Interactive 

Media Production Team 4 60 



PA4487 Portfolio** 4 60 

ELECTIVE A (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

CA2425 Introduction to 2D Animation 

CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling 

GD2425 Advanced Typography 

GD2440 Print Production 

PH1401 Principles of Photography 

ELECTIVE B (SELECT ONE) 4 CREDITS 

GD3455 Package Design - 60 contact hours 

GD3465 Publication Design - 60 contact hours 

PA4486 Internship- 120 contact hours 

VE2453 Introduction to VFX - 60 contact hours 



















43

STUDENT WORK 

44 

ADVERTISTING / MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION / CULINARY ARTS / 

DESIGN MANAGEMENT / GRAPHIC DESIGN / 

04. 

INTERIOR DESIGN / PHOTOGRAPHY / 

VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS / 


01. 

02.A-C 03. 

05.A-B 06.

01. 

Becky Haag 

Graphic Design 

02.A-C 

Melanie Linehan 

Marie Miller 

Mara Skujins 

Advertising 

03. 

Christine Heine 

Advertising 

04. 

Aaron Campbell 

Advertising 

05.A-B 

Dan0i Fenn 


06. 

Tina Nguyen 

Advertising 

07. 

Jessica Zuravle 

Culinary Arts 

08.A-C 

Kevin Lindee* 


09. 

Robert Slack 


10. 

Kari Rudnitski 


11. 

Michael Hill 


12. 

Garrett Hess 


*Photo credit: Katie 

Taylor 

11. 

07. 

09. 

12. 

08.A-C 

45 

10.

46 

14. 

13.A-C 

15. 

16.

13.A-C 

Opal Singleton 

Design Management 

14. 

Cody Rolow 


15. 

Anna Depagter 


16. 

Erik Roadfeldt 


17. 

Sara Gutting 


18. 

Angela Ostlund 


19. 

Mike Weinhandl 


20.A-B 

Shane Hathaway 


21.A-B 

Dana Weber 


17. 

18. 

47 

19. 

20.A-B 

21.A-B

48 

22.A-D 23.A-C 

26. 

24.A-C 

25.A-C 

27.A-C

22.A-D 

Karen Bird 

Interior Design 

23.A-C 

Ashley Carlson 


24.A-C 

Jon Mcaab 


25.A-C 

Ashley Williams 


26. 

Lucy Pottebaum 


27. 

Nguyen Bui 


28. 

Mitchell Stier 

Photography 

29. 

Keith Cich 

Photography 

30. 

Jason Braun 

Photography 

31. 

Lisa Hylle 

Photography 

32. 

Melissa Zimmerman 

Photography 

33. 

Ryan McGoff 

Photography 

34. 

Sarah Knapp 

Photography 

35. 

Rachel Fears 

Photography 

36. 

Nate Twedten 

Photography 

37. 

Ryan McGoff 

Photography 

38. 

Lisa Hylle 

Photography 

28. 

29. 

32. 33. 

36 37. 

38. 

30. 

49 

31. 

34. 35.

50 

39. 40. 

41. 

43. 

42. 

44.

39. 

Maria Tacke 

Photography 

40. 

Nate Twedten 

Photography 

41. 

Melissa Zimmerman 

Photography 

42. 

Keith Cich 

Photography 

43. 

Bobby Tao 

Web Design & 

Interactive Media 

44. 

Chris Tetreault 

Web Design & 


44. 

Craig Manthei 

Web Design & 


46. 

Amber Nicks 

Web Design & 


47. 

Brandon Sullivan 

Web Design & 


48. 

Ben Montag 

Web Design & 


49.A-D 

Alyssa Drury 

Visual Effects & 

Motion Graphics 

45. 46. 

47. 48. 

48.A-D 

51

52 

50.A-G 

51.A-E 

52.A-E

50.A-G 

Charissa Hanenburg 



51.A-E 

Doug Smith 



52.A-E 

Jennifer Dean 

Media Arts & 

Animation 

53.A-C 

Allyssa Howard 


Animation 

54.A-E 

Riley Eastman 


Animation 

55.A-D 

Mike Thompson 


Animation 

53.A-C 

54.A-E 

55.A-D 

53

ADVERTISING COURSES 

AD1400 - History of Advertising: 

This course presents a survey of major events 

and development in the history of motion media 

and mass communication. The survey focuses on 

the relationship between technology and media 

development and explores the impact motion 

media and mass communication has on society 

and economy. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking: 

Students will learn basic skills that will support 

their learning throughout the course and help 

them create a foundation for nurturing creativity 

in their work and lives. They will be given the 

tools to help them identify and solve problems, 

formulate objectives, and create a plan to reach 

their objectives. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

AD2400 - Computer Illustration: 

This course explores the methods and techniques 

of computer-generated or manipulated images as 

solutions to illustration projects. Object-oriented 

graphics and paint system programs are utilized. 

(Prerequisites: GD1400 - Computer Applications 

and GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design and 

GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective) **This course 

requires a “C” or higher to pass. 4 Credits 

AD2410 - Media & Design Concepts: 

This course will identify the components of the 

design process and explore research methods. 

Design solutions appropriate to a targeted market 

will be emphasized. Exercises in creative problem 

solving will strengthen and expand the student’s 

concept generation skills. Critical analysis, 

problem identifi cation, and idea refi nement will 

be the focus in producing media content for targeted 

audiences and intended delivery systems. 

(Prerequisite: AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking) 

4 Credits 

AD2420 - Organizational Behavior: 

This course is an examination of human relations 

theory and individual, group, and organizational 

performance in relation to the organizational 

structures of contemporary businesses and public 

agencies. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing 

and Advertising: 

This course addresses the fundamental concepts 

and principles of marketing as it relates to 

advertising, its history, potential, and limitations. 

An overview of marketing will help students place 

their knowledge in a framework and understand 

how each component contributes to the strength 

and utility of a marketing plan. We will examine 

various defi nitions and methods of advertising 

54 

communication, as well as advertising objectives, 

advertising copy, and federal regulations. 

We will look at how marketing and advertising 

have changed over the years and been affected 

by world events and cultural assumptions. The 

course will also help the student recognize emerging 

trends and capitalize on them. (Prerequisite: 

none) **This course requires a “C” or higher to 

pass. 4 Credits 

AD2440 - Media and Advertising Design: 

This course examines the structures and communications 

skills used by the various members 

of a creative team and further defi nes the role 

of graphic design in an advertising context. The 

processes of concept development, media application, 

and design creation are emphasized. 

In addition, the variety of media used by graphic 

designers and their suppliers will be examined. 

Campaign strategies, based on media and marketing 

realities will also be defi ned and applied. 

(Prerequisites: AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking 

and AD2400 - Computer Illustration) **This 

course requires a “C” or higher to pass. 

4 Credits 

AD2450 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing: 

This course explores the theory and application 

of the new media environment that is currently 

taking shape. Students will be introduced to the 

major forms of mass communication, including 

television, radio, books, newspapers, magazines, 

the recording industry, the fi lm industry, and 

the Internet. Students will examine a model of 

mass communication and analyze its application 

to technology. The course will also highlight 

the interrelationships among media industries. 

(Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals 

of Marketing and Advertising) **This course 


AD2460 - Branding: 

“Branding” became a buzz word in 1990s advertising, 

but this process has evolved into a powerful 

way to organize and utilize an understanding 

of consumer needs and motivations in a changing 

marketplace. As the retail environment changes, 

marketing people can rely less on the traditional 

tools of print and broadcast media. Marketing 

strategists need to learn how to create an identity 

for their products and services and how to use 

that identity to support sales. This course is an 

introduction to the essential concepts and skills 

of brand marketing. (Prerequisite: AD2430 - 

Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising) 

4 Credits 

AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer: 

This course covers persuasive communication 

techniques, particularly in the area of advertising, 

and examines the cultural, social, and individual 

variables involved in consumer behavior. Areas 

covered include the fi elds of logic and psychology. 

Among the topics to be covered are the framing 

effect, emotional hot buttons, mass appeal, snob 

appeal, subliminal messages, and the bandwagon 

effect. Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, emotional reactions 

and how to achieve them, and the various 

types of media that could be used to achieve the 

appropriate desired response are also covered. 

(Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

AD3420 - Copywriting: 

This course addresses the need to communicate 

in writing on the job. A variety of materials must 

be written for a business: memos, letters, news 

summaries, proposals, presentations, and copy 

for advertising or marketing. Students will learn 

to identify the requirements of different types of 

writing and to prepare material to communicate 

clearly and effectively. (Prerequisite: AD3400 

- Persuasion and the Consumer) **This course 


AD3440 - Advertising Campaign: 

Students create an integrated marketing 

campaign consisting of three or more different 

applications of a single, unifi ed theme or concept. 

Campaign strategy and tactics are based on media 

and marketing realities. (Prerequisites: AD2450 - 

Dynamics of Integrated Marketing and AD3420 - 

Copywriting and AD3450 - Art Direction) **This 

course requires a “C” or higher to pass. 4 Credits 

AD3450 - Art Direction: 

This course is an introduction to the principles of 

concept and problem solving for print photography 

and broadcast media as they relate to 

the function of the art director. Also studied is 

the interaction of the creative, marketing and 

production functions in the promotion of ideas. 

(Prerequisites: GD1420 - Image Manipulation 

or PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production 

and GD1431 - Design Layout) 4 Credits 

AD4400 – Advanced Copywriting: 

In this course, students learn to develop effective 

advertising strategies and copy executions that 

underlie and enable creative marketing and 

advertising campaigns, and to cultivate clear, 

logical and creative copywriting skills. Students 

will also learn the unique characteristics of digital 

media and the creation of scripts for digital media 

production. Students will also learn to conduct 

research for media writing projects. (Prerequisite: 

AD3420 - Copywriting) 4 Credits 

AD4410 - Public Relations & Promotion: 

This course examines the historical development 

of public relations, showing the principles, methods, 

and means of infl uencing public opinion. 

(Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits

AD4420 - Sales: 

An understanding of the sales process and the 

steps to sell a product or service is essential to 

a student who works in any area of business. 

Selling is an essential skill for the sales function 

of a business, but is also part of the job for 

many other employees. This course focuses on 

the essential skills and knowledge one needs to 

affect a sale, as well as the ways that the sales 

pitch can be focused to solve customer problems. 


AD4440 - Advanced Advertising Campaign: 

Students research and develop a fully integrated 

advertising/promotional campaign for a brand 

with international distribution. Value is placed 

on the importance of deadline, budget, client 

relationship, presentation and its relationship to 

the design process. The student’s senior project 

documents, supports and argues the rationale 

and effectiveness of the campaign in written 

form. Students prepare, present and defend 

a graduate project suitable for a professional 

audience. (Prerequisite: AD3440 - Advertising 

Campaign) 4 Credits 

AD4450 - Media Planning and Buying: 

Media as part of a delivery channel for a 

marketing message will be the focus of this 

course. Topics include media as critical to the 

fulfi llment of the overall marketing strategy, 

cost effectiveness, and alternative and new 

media. (Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals 

Marketing and Advertising) 4 Credits 

AD4460 - Global Business Perspectives: 

This course offers an analysis of world markets, 

consumer behaviors, advertising, foreign environments, 

and the marketing management required 

to meet the demands of dynamic global markets. 

The problems of foreign competition, diminishing 

US market share and the US economy’s interdependence 

of world markets will be the focus of 

this course. In addition, different foreign market 

entry strategies will be analyzed. (Prerequisite: 

none) 4 Credits 

AD4480 - Capstone: 

In this course, students will demonstrate knowledge 

across the curriculum by creating sample 

projects that cover marketing, media, sales, and 

creative coursework completed over all previous 

quarters. The capstone project simulates the 

advertising agency work environment, requiring 

teamwork as well as individual contributions. 

(Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director) 

4 Credits 

CULINARY ARTS COURSES 

CU1210 - Concepts and Theories 

of Culinary Techniques: 

The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques 

involved in basic cookery are covered in this 

course. Special emphasis is given to the study 

of ingredients and cooking theories. Lectures 

teach organization skills in the kitchen and work 

coordination. The basics of stocks, soups, sauces, 

vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat, and 

poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to basic 

cooking techniques such as sautéing, roasting, 

poaching, braising and frying. (Prerequisite: 



CU1220 - Purchasing and 

Product Identifi cation: 

The students will also be instructed in purchasing 

procedures, food service operations, the theory of 

the fl ow of goods, purchasing trends and cycles, 

ethical and legal considerations of purchasing, 

and creating and comparing bidding specifi cations. 

In this course, the students will be provided 

with laboratory experiences to allow for hands-on 

training in the areas of inventory, proper receiving 

and issuing techniques, product quality, and 

comparison testing, and decision-making, as well 

as the evaluation of product purchasing based on 

cost and quality. (Prerequisite: none) 2 Credits 

CU1421 - Advanced Baking: 

This course will focus on the developing the 

skills of a baker. The course will begin with a reintroduction 

to ingredients and their functions, 

baker’s percentage, formulas and general baking 

techniques. Through the application of learned 

techniques, students produce a variety of quick 

bread breakfast items, intricate cookies, and 

laminated dough. Production speed is increased 

through hands-on application of the learned 

techniques, and a comprehensive variety of items 

for a breakfast buffet presentation are produced. 

The course will then focus on the production 

of pies, and tarts for Bakeries, plated desserts 

and buffet presentation. (Prerequisite: CU1431 - 

Introduction to Baking) 4 Credits 

CU1422 - Artisan Breads: 

“Old world style” artisan breads brought into the 

modern day kitchen and bakery for the baker 

and restaurateur alike. The course will cover all 

aspects of bread baking. Advanced sourdough, 

sponge and levains will be taught along with 

traditional loaf breads such as rye, whole grain 

and sandwich. Students will produce breads for 

specialty and decorative breads for the table and 

showpieces. (Prerequisite: CU1431 - Introduction 

to Baking and CU1432 - Introduction to Pastry) 

4 Credits 

CU1423 - Cake Decoration: 

The focus of this class will be the preparation 

and presentation of advanced cakes, and tortes 

using modern production techniques. All areas 

of cake baking and production will be covered. 

Students will learn how to decorate using gum 

paste, rolled fondant, modeling chocolate, marzipan, 

and various icings. A special emphasis will 

be placed on developing piping and decorating 

skills. (Prerequisite: CU1432 - Introduction to 

Pastry) 4 Credits 

CU1424 - Advanced Pastry Production: 

This course is designed to teach bakers and 

executive chefs how to be dessert chefs. 

Creating plated desserts and pastries will be the 

focus of this class. Students will learn to design 

and implement desserts appropriate to the occasion 

and menu. Then students learn how to create 

a plate with eye appeal and fl avor. European 

pastries, American desserts, frozen items, sauces 

and garnishes will form the base information in 

the class. (Prerequisite: CU1432 - Introduction 

to Pastry) 4 Credits 

CU1425 - Decoration & Production Baking: 

The purpose of this class is to introduce the 

student to the world of high production baking. It 

is designed to acquaint the student with high volume 

techniques for both the restaurant and bakery. 

The students will mass-produce items that 

will be sold to the public and will create special 

order items. Showpieces of sugar, chocolate and 

ice for the dessert buffet table will be explored. 

The student will also be introduced to pastry 

competition principles as it is practiced in the 

American Culinary Federation and around the 

world. (Prerequisite: CU1423 - Cake Decoration 

and CU1424 - Advanced Pastry Production) 

**This course requires a “C” or higher to pass. 

4 Credits 

CU1426 - Baking Internship: 

Through an Internship experience, students will 

be able to apply acquired subject matter and 

career/professional skills in a real and practical 

situation. The main objectives of the internship 

are to allow the opportunity to observe 

and participate in the operations of successful 

businesses relating to their fi elds of study. The 

students will gain experience needed to enter the 

fi eld upon graduation. (Prerequisites: CU1423 - 

Cake Decoration and CU1424 - Advanced Pastry 

Production) 4 Credits 

CU1431 - Introduction to Baking: 

Students are introduced to the fundamental 

concepts, skills and techniques of baking. Special 

signifi cance is placed on the study of ingredient 

functions, product identifi cation and weights 

and measures as applied to baking. Lectures, 

demonstrations, production, tasting and testing, 

55

students learn yeast-raised dough mixing methods, 

quick bread mixing methods, cookie dough, 

and product fi nishing techniques. Students must 

pass a practical exam. (Prerequisite: none) **This 


CU1432 - Introduction to Pastry: 

This course is a combination of theory, lecture, 

demonstration and hands-on production to 

provide an introduction to pastry techniques for 

use in a commercial kitchen. Students learn a 

variety of dough, batters, fi llings, and glazes with 

an emphasis on formulas. Instruction regarding 

the preparation of basic cakes and icings, 

roll-in dough, preparations of pastry cream 

and fi nishing techniques; plus selection, proper 

use and handling of various chocolates used in 

baking and decorating are introduced. Emphasis 

is also placed on dessert plating and presentation. 

Students must pass a practical exam. 

(Prerequisite: none) **This course requires a “C” 

or higher to pass. 4 Credits 

CU1471 - Sanitation and Introduction 

to Hospitality: 

This course is an introduction to the management 

perspective in the organization and structure 

of hotels, restaurants, and clubs. Students will 

also be exposed tot the importance of industry 

contacts and time management. The student will 

receive an overview of forces that shape the hospitality 

industry, tourism destinations, services 

affecting the industry, food service, management 

in the international market and a look at the future 

of food service. This course is also and introduction 

to food and the environmental sanitation 

and safety in a food production area. Attention is 

focused on food-borne illnesses and their origins, 

and on basic safety procedures followed in the 

food service industry. This course is approved 

by the Federal Food and Drug Administration 

(FDA) and is recognized by 95% of state and local 

jurisdictions that require training or certifi cation. 

Emphasis will be given to food service in all 

areas of the facility, maintenance, costs, fl ow, and 

production. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

CU1610 - Fundamentals of Classical 

Techniques: 

The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques 

involved in basic cookery are covered 

in this course. Special emphasis is given to the 

study of ingredients, cooking theories, and the 

preparation of stocks, broths, glazes, and soups, 

thickening agents, the grand sauces, and emulsion 

sauces. Lectures and demonstrations teach 

organization skills in the kitchen, work coordination, 

and knife skills. The basics of vegetable 

cookery, starch cookery, meat, and poultry are 

covered. Emphasis is given to basic cooking 

techniques such as sauteing, roasting, poaching, 

braising and frying. Students must successfully 

56 

pas a practical cooking examination covering 

a variety of cooking techniques. (Prerequisite: 



CU1620 - American Cuisine: 

The course reinforces the students’ knowledge 

and skill learned in the preceding classes and 

helps build confi dence in the techniques of basic 

cookery. The development of knife skills is accented. 

American Regional cuisine explores the 

use of indigenous ingredients in the preparation 

of traditional and contemporary American 

specialties. The concepts of mise en place, time 

lines, plate presentation, and teamwork in a production 

setting are introduced and accentuated. 

Timing and organization skills are emphasized. 

(Prerequisites: CU1610 - Fundamentals of 

Classical Techniques and CU1471 - Sanitation and 

Introduction to Hospitality) 6 Credits 

CU2240 - Asian Cuisine: 

This course emphasizes both the infl uences and 

ingredients that create the unique character 

of selected Asian cuisines. Students prepare, 

taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional 

dishes of the cuisines of India, the four regions of 

China, Japan, Vietnam, Thailand, and Indonesia. 

Importance will be placed on ingredients, fl avor 

profi les, preparations, and techniques representative 

of these cuisines. (Prerequisite: none) 

2 Credits 

CU2250 - Contemporary Cuisine: 

This course will celebrate the culinary styles, 

restaurants, restaurateur and chefs who are in the 

current industry spotlight. Their style, substance 

and quality will be discussed and examined. 

During the hands–on production aspect of the 

class, students will have the opportunity to be 

exposed to specialty produce and products. 

(Prerequisite: CU2640 - International and 

Classical Cuisine) 2 Credits 

CU2408 - Management and Supervision: 

This course focuses on managing people from the 

hospitality supervisor’s viewpoint. This emphasis 

is on techniques for increasing productivity 

and controlling labor costs, time management, 

and managing change. It also stresses effective 

communication and explains the responsibilities 

of a supervisor in the food service operation. 

How to motivate employees and resolve confl icts 

with staff, guests, and other departments are addressed. 


CU2409 - Management By Menu: 

This course prepares future food service managers 

by giving a clear picture of the important role 

menu planning plays within operations. It covers 

topics ranging from menu development, pricing, 

and evaluation to facilities design and layout. 

Students will benefi t because good menu development 

is crucial to the success of any foodservice 

operation. For example: a planning tool, source 

of operational information and as a merchandising 

method for reaching patrons. (Prerequisite: 


CU2441- Planning and Cost Control: 

This course is intended to provide the student 

with the methodologies and tools to control costs 

and help the student value the planning and control 

process in the food and beverage industry, 

Topics include: planning and controlling costs 

using budgeting techniques, standard costing, 

standardized recipes, performance measurements, 

food, beverage and labor cost controls 

and allocation of overhead. (Prerequisite: none) 


4 Credits 

CU2451 - Food and Beverage Operations: 

This class will provide an overview of the varied 

styles and outlets of food and beverage services 

that exist in the hospitality industry. The various 

skills necessary to effectively manage an operation 

are discussed, as well as the manager’s 

infl uence on staff and guest satisfaction. Various 

orders of service options will be covered, as well 

as the role of beverage operations in a full service 

facility. Menu and wine list design/costing will be 

examined, as well as staff training and scheduling. 

Responsible alcohol service certifi cation will 

be completed in this course. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

CU2470 - Culinary Externship: 

This course has been designed to acquaint the 

student with actual working conditions in an approved 

restaurant/hospitality establishment. This 

course is a supervised entry-level work experience 

in the restaurant/hospitality fi eld requiring 

a minimum of 120 work hours. Individual conferences 

and class attendance is required. Students 

are responsible for securing an externship job 

and may seek assistance through the college. 

Students gain experience needed to enter their 

fi eld upon graduation. . (Prerequisite: Approval 

of Academic Director) 4 Credits 

CU2640 - International and Classical 

Cuisine: 

This course emphasizes both the infl uences and 

ingredients that create the unique character of 

selected International cuisines. Students prepare, 

taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional 

dishes of Europe, Africa, the Mediterranean, 

and Latin America. Importance will be placed 

on ingredients, fl avor profi les, preparations, 

and techniques representative of these cuisines. 

Through lectures, research, demonstrations and 

hands on cooking, students are introduced to the 

history, menu terminology, cooking techniques,

ingredients and presentation unique to “Classical 

French Cuisine”. Timing, organizations, mise 

en place and plate presentations are stressed. 

(Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Cuisine) 

6 Credits 

CU2650 - Garde Manger: 

This course provides students with skills and 

knowledge of the organization, equipment, and 

responsibilities of the “cold kitchen”. Students are 

introduced to and prepare cold hors d’oeuvres, 

sandwiches, salads, as well as basic charcuterie 

items while focusing on the total utilization of 

product. Reception foods and buffet arrangements 

are introduced. Students must pass a written 

and practical exam. (Prerequisite: CU1620 

- American Cuisine or CU1425 - Decoration and 

Production Baking) 6 Credits 

CU3455 - Human Resource Management: 

This course provides students with an overview 

of the fundamental principles and concepts of 

human resource management. Students discuss 

topics such as labor relations, recruitment of 

employees, compensations administration, equal 

employment opportunity, affi rmative action, 

the Fair Labor Standards Act, and workplace 

safety. (Prerequisite: CU2408 - Management 

and Supervision or AD2420 - Organizational 

Behavior) 4 Credits 

CU3461 - A la Carte Kitchen: 

This course introduces students to the A La Carte 

kitchen, emphasis is on “a la minute” method 

of food preparation, plus dining room service 

standards. Industry terminology, correct application 

of culinary skills, plate presentation, 

organization and timing in producing items off 

both a fi xed-price menu and a la carte menu are 

stressed. The principles of dining room service 

are practiced and emphasized. The philosophy 

of food is further explored and examined in light 

of today’s understanding of food, nutrition and 

presentation. (Prerequisite: All previous culinary 

labs) **This course requires a “C” or higher to 


CU3462 - Dining Room Operations: 

This course will allow students to explore the 

varied types of table service and operations available 

in the hospitality industry. Classical service 

deliveries as well as banquet and fast service options 

will be examined. A hands-on component in 

the college dining room will provide coordination 

with the kitchen operations, and provide students 

with experience serving guests in a real-time 

setting. (Prerequisite: All previous culinary labs) 


4 Credits 

CU3480 - Quality Service Management 

and Training: 

This class will examine the role of service in 

the food service industry and explore how to 

give quality customer service. Service systems 

and training programs in quality operations will 

be examined through the use of case studies and 

hypothetical scenarios. The course will cover 

employee training and development from both 

a strategic and operational perspective. The 

class will culminate by examining Charlie 

Trotter’s service standards in what is often 

the best-rated restaurant in the United States. 

(Prerequisites: CU2451 - Food and Beverage 

Operations and CU2408 - Management and 

Supervision) 4 Credits 

CU3481 - Foodservice Technology and 

Information: 

This course is a survey course in foodservice 

information systems and technology (IS&T) 

designed to introduce students to the many 

diverse facets of IS&T in the foodservice industry. 

Current systems and issues of major importance 

in the fi eld of IS&T are explored as they relate 

to the foodservice industry. Emphasis will be 

placed on the managerial and business aspects of 

IS&T, rather then the technical perspectives. Core 

topics will include key foodservice systems (e.g., 

accounting and property management systems, 

point-of-sale, sales and catering, etc.), guest 

service and customer relationship management 

(CRM), knowledge management, and IS&T strategy. 


CU3490 - Leadership and Organizational 

Development: 

Students examine leadership, organizational 

management and culture, focuses on the role of 

the managers as facilitators of change within the 

organizations. The course emphasizes the concepts 

of motivation, interpersonal relationships, 

group dynamics, leadership, and organization 

culture. Examination of leadership styles, development 

of strategic plans, and critical problem 

solving in the hospitality industry are covered in 

the course. (Prerequisite: GE1413 - Psychology) 


4 Credits 

CU3823 - Catering and Event Management: 

This course introduces the meeting planner, 

catering, and banquet manager perspectives 

in to the various market segments within the 

special event industry. It includes contracts, 

checklists, target markets, and closing the sale. 


CU4410 - Foodservice Financial 

Management: 

In this course, the students develop a working 

knowledge of the current theories, issues and 

challenges involved with Foodservice Industry 

fi nancial management. Students are introduced 

to the tools and skills that Foodservice Operators 

use in effective decision making. Topics include 

key fi nancial statements, budgeting, cash management, 

cost concepts and behavior, investment 

analysis, and fi nancial forecasting. (Prerequisite: 

CU2441 - Planning and Cost Control) **This 


CU4412 - Exploring Wines and The Culinary 

Arts: 

This course provides an introduction to the production 

of wine from vineyard to bottle, as well as 

a review of the basic grape varietals that are used 

to make wine. Through lectures, research and 

tasting, students are exposed to different types, 

styles, and quality levels of wine. Students will 

become familiar with the world’s most important 

wine regions and learn common criteria by which 

wines from these different regions are evaluated. 

This course is designed to teach students the 

applied approach to matching wine and food, 

using fl avors textures and components present in 

food and wine as complementing strategies. The 

course emphasizes menu planning, preparation 

of foods, cooking methods, and tasting wines with 

food. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

CU4420 - Facilities Management and 

Design: 

This course provides students with information 

related to hospitality facility design and maintenance. 

Food service layout and design is related 

to operating issues, new building construction, 

and renovations. Planning and design of facilities 

including equipment, space and functional 

relationships, cost and operating effi ciencies are 

emphasized. Maintenance programs, safety regulations, 

building code requirements and energy 

conservation are also explored. (Prerequisite: 


CU4421 - Culinary Senior Practicum: 

This course is intended to be a practical capstone 

for the culinary management curriculum. It will 

draw on the majority of disciplines presented 

earlier in the program. In this class students will 

plan, organize, and execute functions that will 

be booked and/or sold to the public. Students 

in effect, will experience the necessary functions 

of opening their own restaurant. (Prerequisite: 

Approval of Academic Director) **This course 


CU4430 - Global Management and 

Operations in the Hospitality Industry: 

In this course, students will explore the application 

of hospitality concepts and principles across 

a wide section of potential properties and global 

locations. Special attention will be given to the 

challenges presented by managing a foreign 

57

location, with a consideration of inter-cultural 

and ethnic sensitivity. The world market for guest 

services will be examined, with attention to the 

varied interpretations of hospitality and service 

in several international locations. (Prerequisite: 


DESIGN MANAGEMENT 

COURSES 

DM1420 - Introduction to Design 

Management: 

An overview of the fi eld of design management 

introducing the student to how design is managed 

within organizations to further business objectives. 

Covered topics include managing creativity 

and the value of branding. This course has been 

developed to introduce you to the business side of 

design. Outside of the creative realm of conceptualizing 

and developing creative materials, there 

is the reality of running a business that has a creative 

output: whether your business or someone 

else’s. During this eleven-week course, you will 

learn the basics of how to position, package, project 

manage, and make money in a creative business. 

Practical skills of designing a business plan, 

composing a creative brief, thinking strategically, 

setting goals and creating a project timeline, as 

well as presenting your ideas with confi dence and 

aplomb will be delivered through the mechanism 

of creating your own design brand and company. 


DM2400 - Technology and Productivity: 

Students will learn how businesses use technology 

to help achieve their objectives. Also, 

students will become familiar with current business 

productivity software and its application to 

design in business today. (Prerequisite: GD1400 

- Computer Applications) 4 Credits 

DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business: 

This course is designed to examine entrepreneurial 

enterprises as a means of self-employment. 

The course provides a detailed view of the 

concepts, practices, strategies, legalities, and decisions 

involved in successfully establishing and 

operating one’s own business. The basic structure 

of this course will guide the student in developing 

a strong working knowledge of creating business 

credit and banking relations. (Prerequisite: 

GD1400 - Computer Applications) 4 Credits 

DM2430 - Principles of Managerial 

Accounting: 

This course is an introduction to the basic principles 

of accounting. Topics include the accounting 

cycle, general and special journals, subsidiary 

ledgers, end-of-period operations, worksheets, 

entries, fi nancial terminology and statements. 

58 

(Prerequisite: GE2412 - College Mathematics) 

4 Credits 

DM2470 - Principles of Market Research: 

Students will expand their understanding of and 

ability to analyze market research by identifying 

management challenges and converting them 

into research objectives, exploring research techniques 

and methods to collect information, and 

interpreting research fi ndings in order to make 

business decisions. (Prerequisites: AD2430 - 

Fundamentals of Marketing and Advertising and 

GE2412 - College Mathematics) 4 Credits 

DM2480 - Business Statistics for Design: 

This course is a study of the statistical tools a 

design manager uses in the world of business. 

Methods of characterizing data are studied 

with emphasis given to proper data display. 

Permutations, combinations and probability 

are used to analyze normally distributed data. 

After an introduction to experimental design, 

methods for testing the signifi cance of differences 

are examined. Correlation and regression analysis 

are used to detect linear trends. (Prerequisite: 



DM2490 - Project Management: 

Through this course, students are introduced 

to the fundamentals of business. The course 

provides students with a foundation in macroeconomics, 

labor relations, time management, human 

resources management, and basic marketing 

principles. The course combines this business 

foundation with a focus on the multimedia 

project management process. Students work as 

teams to successfully achieve multimedia project 

goals. The process examines the main elements 

required in every proposal/plan, time frame, and 

budget. Key areas of multimedia project teams 

serve to support the fundamental approach that 

every project team is tailored to achieve project 

results effi ciently and effectively. (Prerequisite: 



DM3400 - Financial Issues in Design: 

This course is a survey of fi nancial issues that 

a design manager can expect to encounter. 

Financial media are used to study money, banking 

and the Federal Reserve; the stock, bond 

and commodities markets; and derivatives such 

as futures contracts and options. This course 

focuses on economics (specifi cally macroeconomics) 

and goes hand-in-hand with the accounting 

course, which focuses on the individual business 

profi t and loss sheet. (Prerequisite: DM2430 

- Principles of Managerial Accounting) **This 


DM3460 - Business Communications: 

This course focuses on written and oral communication 

skills as used in a business setting. 

Written projects emphasize publicity in 

newspapers, trade, and consumer publications. 

Oral skills will be developed through speeches 

and group projects such as radio commercials. 

(Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I) 4 Credits 

DM3480 - Managing Creativity and 

Innovation: 

In this course, students will examine the underlying 

theoretical foundations of creativity and 

innovation. New and innovative approaches to 

business problem solving will help students see 

ways to improve their skills and the skills of the 

people and organizations that they will manage. 



DM4410 - Design Management Seminar: 

This seminar course prepares students for entering 

the fi eld of design management by gaining 

knowledge of current thinking and pratices 

through the examination of case studies and the 

development of scenarios. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

DM4420 - Entrepreneurship: 

In this course, students will learn the systems, 

processes, and principles involved in successfully 

starting and growing a successful business. 

Students will learn common pitfalls and mistakes 

of starting a business and develop strategies to 

avoid them. (Prerequisite: DM3480 - Managing 

Creativity and Innovation) 4 Credits 

DM4450 - Business Plan: 

In this course students will learn how to develop 

a comprehensive business plan. The business 

plan will include items such as the following: the 

marketing plan, the fi nancial plan, the human 

resources plan, the store design (if appropriate), 

and the merchandising plan (if appropriate). 

(Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of 

Business) **This course requires a “C” or higher 

to pass. 4 Credits 

DM4480 - Capstone: 

In this course, students will demonstrate knowledge 

across the curriculum by creating sample 

projects that cover the cumulative coursework 

completed over all previous quarters. The capstone 

project simulates the work environment, 

requiring teamwork as well as individual contributions. 

(Prerequisite: Approval of Academic 

Director) **This course requires a “C” or higher 

to pass. 4 Credits

DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO 


DF1400 - Survey of Digital Filmmaking and 

Video Production: 

This course will present a survey of the digital 

fi lmmaking & video production industries. It will 

focus on entry-level jobs and career paths, as well 

as the responsibilities and skills necessary for 

success. Students will also explore media’s impact 

on society and gain an overview of the program. 


DF1440 - Lighting: 

In this course, students will be introduced to 

the basic concepts and principles of lighting for 

photography. Fundamentals of recognizing and 

controlling both natural and studio lighting with 

emphasis on the quality, quantity, and direction 

and its effect on the photographic image. 

(Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video) 

4 Credits 

DF2400 - Fundamentals of Cinematography: 

This course explores the various camera and 

lighting techniques used in digital fi lmmaking 

and video production. Discussions will cover the 

general concepts and principles of camera moves 

and lighting techniques. Focus will be placed on 

applying lighting techniques to create the desired 

visual effects. (Prerequisite: DF1440 - Lighting 

and CA1410 - Storyboarding and Animatics) 


4 Credits 

DF2410 - Fundamentals of Producing & 

Directing: 

It is an art in itself to organize and direct digital 

fi lmmaking and video production. This course 

focuses on the production processes and performances 

from the perspectives of a producer and 

director and develops the student’s talent for 

this unique form of art. (Prerequisite: CA2430 - 

Introduction to Video) 4 Credits 

DF2420 - Studio Production: 

This course focuses on broadcast studio operation, 

live production, studio management, 

lighting, crew, and sound. Students will also 

explore the theoretical basis of the electronics 

behind the equipment needed for studio 

production. Students will produce their own 

studio multi-camera program. (Prerequisite: 

DF1440 - Lighting and DF2400 - Fundamentals 

of Cinematography) 4 Credits 

DF2430 - Electronic Field Production: 

Students are immersed in the process of professional 

video fi eld production in two styles: ENG 

(Electronic News Gathering) and EFP (Electronic 

Field Production). News encompasses on-thespot 

coverage and storytelling in a spur-of-themoment 

reporting format. The class will also 

examine EFP, single-camera location shooting as 

expressed in documentaries, corporate projects, 

or commercials. (Prerequisite: DF2420 - Studio 

Production) 4 Credits 

DF2440 - History of Motion Media 

and Mass Communication: 

This course presents a survey of major events 

and development in the history of motion media 

and mass communication. The survey focuses on 

the relationship between technology and media 

development and explores the impact motion 

media and mass communication has on society 

and economy. (Prerequisite: DF1400 - Survey 

of Digital Filmmaking and Video Production) 

4 Credits 

DF3400 - Media Theory and Criticism: 

In this course, students explore the different theories 

and approaches to media and their impact 

on society and culture so as to inform and enrich 

their own work. (Prerequisite: DF2440 - History 

of Motion Media and Mass Communications) 

4 Credits 

DF3410 - Acting and Directing: 

This course exposes students to the role and responsibilities 

of a director in helping actors bring 

their characters to life. Acting fundamentals will 

be studied through classroom exercises, assignments, 

observations and critiques. In addition, 

this course helps students understand the process 

of reading a script, conceiving a vision and communicating 

it to cast members to enhance performance. 

(Prerequisite: DF2410 - Fundamentals of 

Producing and Directing) 4 Credits 

DF3420 - Sound Design: 

This course explores the various methods and 

techniques for digital sound composition and 

design. Students will focus on using digital sound 

systems and manipulating sound elements for 

intended effects in media content. (Prerequisite: 

CA2431 - Audio Production) 4 Credits 

DF3430 - Short Media Production: 

This course discusses short form as a genre of 

media production and its features in subject 

matter and style. Students learn to produce shortform 

news, information, and dramatic content 

for multiple delivery platforms. (Prerequisite: 

DF3410 - Acting and Directing) 4 Credits 

DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation: 

This course initiates a three quarter long comprehensive 

project which will be integral to students’ 

fi nal portfolios. Students will employ their 

cumulative skills to pre-produce a signifi cant, 

sophisticated, digital fi lm in a chosen genre. 

Committee and/or faculty will approve the project 

content and genre of the digital fi lm. Projects 

will be carried out individually or in groups based 

on the needs of the class as determined by the 

instructor. (Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media 

Production) **This course requires a “C” or 

higher to pass. 4 Credits 

DF3450 - Media Production Workshop: 

Working in production teams, students in this 

workshop class will deal with real clients, typically 

representatives of non-profi t organizations. 

Guided by a faculty, students interview the client 

to determine expectations and work in a team 

to design and produce the media content for an 

intended delivery system. (Prerequisite: DF3430 

- Short Media Production) 

4 Credits 

DF3460 - Audio Post Production: 

This post-production audio class requires 

students to bring together appropriate sonic 

elements for a fi nal production. This will include 

foley, automatic dialogue replacement, editing of 

music and sound sweetening. Once all the sound 

is locked, the student will mix down to a fi nal 

audio format, which can then be incorporated 

with picture into an industry standard format. 

(Prerequisite: DF3420 - Sound Design) 4 Credits 

DF4400 - Senior Project Production: 

This course continues the three-quarter long 

comprehensive project begun in Senior Project 

Preparation. Students will employ cumulative 

skills to produce a signifi cant, sophisticated, 

digital fi lm in a chosen genre. Projects will be 

carried out individually or in groups based on 

the needs of the class as determined by the 

instructor. (Prerequisite: DF3440 - Senior Project 

Preparation) 4 Credits 

DF4410 - Multi-Camera Production: 

Synchronizing multiple cameras and equipment, 

students work in teams to execute a production, 

typically of a live performance or function. 

Emphasis is placed on operating multiple 

equipment simultaneously and working as a 

production team. (Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media 

Production Workshop) 4 Credits 

DF4420 - Media Delivery Systems and 

Distribution: 

This course addresses the end part of digital 

fi lmmaking and video production—delivery and 

distribution. Students will study a variety of 

delivery methods and systems and determine the 

advantages and limitations of each. They will also 

examine the relationship between delivery systems 

and distribution methods and evaluate the 

relative effi ciency, cost, and effectiveness of each. 

(Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production) 

4 Credits 

59

DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production: 

This course concludes the three-quarter long 

comprehensive project begun in Senior Project 

Preparation and created in Senior Project 

Production. Students will employ cumulative 

skills to post-produce a signifi cant, sophisticated 

digital fi lm in a chosen genre. (Prerequisite: 

DF4400 - Senior Project Preproduction) 

4 Credits 

DF4440 - Senior Portfolio and Defense: 

This course allows each student to determine 

and design the fi nal organization and presentation 

of the graduation portfolio. Each student 

is expected to verbally present the portfolio 

and address audience questions as a format of 

defense. (Prerequisite: DF4430 - Senior Project 

Post-Production) **This course requires a “C” or 


DF4450 - Internship: 

Through a fi eld internship experience, students 

will be able to apply their skills in a real and 

practical situation. The main objectives of the 

internship are to allow students the opportunity 

to observe and participate in the operation of 

successful businesses related to their fi elds of 

study. Students will gain the experience they need 

to enter the fi eld upon graduation. (Prerequisite: 

DF3450 - Media Production Workshop and 

Approval of Academic Director) 4 Credits 

FASHION & RETAIL 

MANAGEMENT COURSES 

FRM1400 - Fashion History I : 

Students study the development of clothing 

from the earliest time to the Renaissance and 

the silhouette refl ected through the eyes of the 

designer. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

FRM1401 - Fashion History II: 

An in-depth continuation of Fashion History I, 

from the Renaissance to Modern. (Prerequisite: 

FRM1400 - Fashion History I) 4 Credits 

FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics: 

Fabrics are studied from the raw state through 

processing, spinning, and weaving to fi nish. The 

course investigates textile sources and the appropriate 

selection of fabrics. (Prerequisite: GD1400 


FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing: 

Students will be introduced to all major retailing 

topics involving both large and small retailers, 

brick and mortar retailers and their combinations, 

and direct marketers. Includes discussion 

of consumer behavior, information systems, store 

60 

locations, operations, human resource management, 

customer communications, computerization 

and integrating and controlling the retail 

strategy in the twenty-fi rst century. Careers in 

retailing will also be discussed. (Prerequsite: 



FRM2400 - Consumer Behavior: 

This course examines the cultural, social, and 

individual variables involved in consumer behavior. 

It also reviews how they are incorporated 

into buyer decision processes and marketing 

practices. (Prerequsite: FRM1400 - Fashion 

History I) 4 Credits 

FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation and 

Construction: 

This course is designed for fashion management 

students to evaluate the equation between quality 

and cost in garments. Students will be able 

to identify and analyze quality of trims, fabrics 

and construction in relationship to price point. 

Included will be women’s sportswear, children’s 

wear and men’s wear in a range of price points 

from high end to discounted. (Prerequisite: 

FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics) 4 Credits 

FRM2475 - Retail Mathematics: 

This course provides an understanding of the 

various fi nancial tools used by retailers to evaluate 

performance. Students calculate, analyze, 

and interpret fi nancial concepts associated with 

accounting from a merchandising perspective. 



4 Credits 

FRM3425 - Introduction to Manufacturing: 

This course is an overview of the fashion industries 

including the terminology of fashion and an 

explanation of the three levels of the industry: 

design, production and sales. Careers and the 

organization, structure, and problems of the 

garment industry are studied (Prerequsite: none) 

4 Credits 

FRM3455 - Merchandise Management: 

Students study the categorizations of stores, 

organizational components, and the characteristics 

of various wholesale and retail markets. 

They will explore the Private Label and Brand 

Name businesses, develop customer profi les 

and look at franchising as a means of entering 

the retail world. Students will become familiar 

with merchandise accounting as it relates to the 

various retail formats. (Prerequisite: FRM1442 - 

Introduction to Retailing) **This course requires 

a “C” or higher to pass. 4 Credits 

FRM4400 - Visual Merchandising: 

Students learn the importance of eye appeal and 

consumer buying habits. Students create their 

own displays using the latest principles and techniques 

in the visual organization of merchandise. 

(Prerequsite: none) 4 Credits 

FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in Apparel: 

A comprehensive study of cultural and social 

issues that affect fashion and the emergence 

of trends. Students will analyze the meanings 

and importance of clothing and apply these 

concepts for contemporary society. (Prerequisite: 

FRM2400 - Consumer Behavior) 4 Credits 

FRM4430 - Current Designers: 

Analyzing the dynamics of world-famous designers. 

Students will analyze different designers 

garment construction techniques and relate 

designer garment silhouettes to historical events, 

economic events, and artistic time periods as inspiration 

for collections. (Prerequisite: FRM1400 

- Fashion History I) 4 Credits 

FRM4461 - Product Development: 

In this course students will review design 

concepts and technology and the development 

of merchandising in the modern market, analyze 

target markets and source, cost and develop a 

product for that market in presentation form 

including a prototype. (Prerequisite: FRM3455 - 

Merchandise Management) 4 Credits 

FRM4480 - International Marketing & 

Buying: 

Students will gain an understanding of global 

marketing opportunities, problems and strategies 

that impact the international environment. In addition, 

students will become knowledgeable about 

international marketing concepts; cross-cultural 

sensitivities, political and legal infl uences, and 

economic considerations and how these concepts 

relate to decision making in an international environment. 

(Prerequisite: FRM3455 - Merchandise 

Management) 4 Credits 

FRM4495 - Special Topics in Fashion & 

Retail Management: 

This course allows the student to select a special 

topic in Fashion & Retail Management under 

the guidance of an instructor and the Academic 

Program Director. This course also allows for 

any defi ciencies noted in the students’ development 

as outlined through evaluation of student 

work, and informal, formal interviews with the 

Professional Advisory Committee. (Prerequisite: 

FRM4480 - International Marketing and Buying) 

4 Credits


COURSES 

GD1400 - Computer Applications: 

This course is designed to introduce students to 

the world of computers through lecture and laboratory 

sessions. Lectures will introduce the conceptual 

framework of computer systems and how 

they work, as well as the implications of computer 

technology in our contemporary environment. 

The laboratory sessions will provide hands-on 

training on a specifi c computer system and will 

teach functions within a computer environment 

to complete projects. (Prerequisite: none) **This 


GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design: 

This course will introduce the basic principles 

of design. Using a variety of materials and techniques, 

the creative process will be introduced 

and developed. An exploration of design elements 

and relationships will establish a basic aesthetic 

sensitivity. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective: 

Visual awareness is expanded through the observation 

and translation of three-dimensional form 

into two-dimensional drawings. Starting with 

simple forms and progressing to more complex 

organic forms, students will increase their skill 

levels in construction techniques, composition, 

line quality, and human anatomy. (Prerequisite: 


GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media: 

Students will investigate the relationship among 

letters, space, fonts, and type systems. Students’ 

activities include copying, fi tting, and styling text 

type; spacing and rendering display arrangements; 

and marking up and specifying both text 

and display type. Typographic attributes will 

be applied to enhance readability; logos will 

be designed and titles for computer-animated 

and broadcast graphics will be story boarded. 

Students will develop the ability to work within 

traditional and contemporary design context. 

(Prerequisite: GD1400 - Computer Applications) 


4 Credits 

GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing: 

Continuing to develop the various drawing 

skills from the fi rst and second drawing courses, 

students will focus on depicting gesture and motion, 

capturing essence of movement and form 

in space, and creating compositions based on 

the four basic lighting situations (Prerequisites: 

GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design and GD1402 - 

Drawing & Perspective) 4 Credits 

GD1420 - Image Manipulation: 

This course is designed to examine photo 

retouching and image manipulation using 

computers. Students will use software to manipulate 

photographic images to the point where 

they no longer resemble the original artwork. 


4 Credits 

GD1430 - Illustration: 

This course will introduce students to basic skills 

and principles of illustration. Various methods 

and functions of illustration will be explored. 

Students will learn the role of illustration in the 

design process and apply that knowledge to the 

projects. (Prerequisites: GD1401- Fundamentals 

of Design and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective) 

4 Credits 

GD1431 - Design Layout: 

This class will enable the student to design with 

type and visuals and to utilize technology in 

problem solving. Emphasis will be on the process 

of design development from roughs to comprehensives, 

layout and marker techniques, and the 

use of a grid system for multi-component layouts. 

(Prerequisites: GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective 

and GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media) 

4 Credits 

GD1473 - Color and Design: 

In this course, basic color principles including 

line, hue, value, and intensity are studied. 

Students investigate color and its relationship 

to composition through harmony and contrast 

in a variety of formats and media. (Prerequisite: 

GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design) 4 Credits 

GD2421 - Art and Design Concepts: 

This course will emphasize the conceptualization 

processes of art and design in solving given 

problems. The student will use creative problem 

solving and research techniques, specifi cally, 

problem identifi cation, analysis, brainstorming, 

and idea refi nement. Portfolio-quality projects 

will be produced. (Prerequisites: GD1401 - 

Fundamentals of Design and GD1402 - Drawing 

& Perspective) 4 Credits 

GD2425 - Advanced Typography: 

This course is an exploration of printed communication 

and the use of typography as an 

exclusive element of design. The course will focus 

on the development of marketable, original, and 

creative problem-solving solutions with an emphasis 

on professional presentation techniques. 

(Prerequisites: GD1403 - Typography for Digital 

Media) 4 Credits 

GD2432 - Digital Illustration: 

This course will help students communicate and 

design with the computer as a professional tool. 

Using different software applications, the student 

will demonstrate an understanding of electronic 

illustration. The course will explore vector-based 

graphic applications that are used in the industry. 

(Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation) 

4 Credits 

GD2433 - Electronic Design: 

This course will explore various means of indicating, 

placing and manipulating visual elements 

in page design, systematically developing strong 

and creative layout solutions by means of a 

cumulative, conceptual design process. The ability 

to integrate photographs, illustrations, and 

display and text type effectively will be developed 

using page composition software. (Prerequisite: 

GD1431 - Design Layout) 4 Credits 

GD2434 - 3D Design: 

This course will explore materials, processes and 

industry guidelines for surface treatments, including 

products, packages, and exhibits. Design 

principles will be applied to the development of 

3D product graphics. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

GD2437 - Design History: 

This course will examine the infl uences of societal 

trends, historical events, technological developments, 

and the fi ne arts on contemporary graphic 

design, illustration, typographical design, photography, 

and fashionable design trends in general. 

Through lectures, supplied visual examples, 

independent research, and design assignments, 

the student will gain insight into a variety of major 

design infl uences. The student will learn how 

to research and utilize a wide variety of design 

styles. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

GD2440 - Print Production: 

In this course, traditional print production 

techniques are employed in the preparation of 

camera-ready art. Production of single- and 

multi-color mechanical processes and discussion 

of various printing processes are covered. 

(Prerequisite: GD1420 – Image Manipulation or 

PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production and 

GD1431 - Design Layout) **This course requires 


GD3411 - Corporate Identity and 

Communications: 

This course is in-depth study of the history, 

psychology, and function of corporate identifi cation. 

Students will produce a multi-faceted design 

presentation acceptable for a contemporary 

corporation. (Prerequisite: Approval of Academic 

Director) 4 Credits 

GD3431 - Advanced Design: 

This advanced course enhances and builds on 

skills developed in fundamental design courses. 

61

Refi ning typographic skills and furthering design 

sensitivities will be emphasized. Critical analysis 

and evaluation will be explored in the context of 

goal-focused design objectives. Portfolio-quality 

projects will be developed. (Prerequisite: GD1401 

- Fundamentals of Design and GD1402 - Drawing 

& Perspective and GD2440 - Print Production) 


4 Credits 

GD3435 - Media Design: 

The course examines the structures and communication 

skills used by various members of a 

creative team. The processes of concept development, 

media application and design creation are 

emphasized. In addition, the variety of media 

used by graphic designers and their suppliers will 

be examined. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

GD3445 - Marketing Design: 

This course is a review of popular culture as it relates 

to social, informational, economic, political 

and educational current events. A special emphasis 

is placed on the relationship of trends and pop 

topics to advertising. Current media, including 

books, television, movies, tele-communications 

media, on-line communications, and marketing 

trends and strategies are reviewed. (Prerequisite: 


GD3455 - Package Design: 

This course will defi ne the role of packaging in 

product identifi cation, presentation, and production. 

The unique challenges of adapting typography, 

illustration, design and materials to 3D form 

will be explored. Research will include marketing 

objective, structural integrity and display aesthetics. 


GD3465 - Publication Design: 

In this course, students will prepare scanned and 

object-oriented graphic fi les and integrate them 

with text in a multiple-page composition fi le. File 

transfer and document printing is covered. The 

process of page imposition for printing and other 

technical procedures specifi c to publishing will be 

introduced, and the place of the electronic page 

make-up in modern print production will be studied. 

(Prerequisite: GD2440 - Print Production) 

4 Credits 

GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts: 

This course includes the study of basic legal 

principles related to the conduct of business. 

Specifi cally, this course includes an overview of 

the legal system, contracts, personal property, 

intellectual property, real property, law of sales, 

agency and employment law, business organizations, 

insurance, security devices, bankruptcy, 

and alternative dispute resolution. (Prerequisite: 


62 

GD4435 - Advanced Illustration: 

This course will emphasize the importance of 

concept and originality of ideas in contemporary 

illustration. (Prerequisite: GD1430 - Illustration) 

4 Credits 

GD4480 - Design Production Team: 

This is a special project course in which students 

utilize their knowledge of design, typography, 

production techniques, video, and audio to 

execute a team project. Students also apply 

communications, teamwork, and organizational 

skills. Students work cooperatively to achieve 

a common goal, similar to industry experience. 


4 Credits 


COURSES 

GE1406 - Nutrition: 

This course centers on an explanation of the basic 

principles of nutrition and their relationship to 

health. The structure, functions, and sources of 

nutrients, including carbohydrates, fats, proteins, 

vitamins, minerals, and water are discussed. 

Current issues in nutrition are reviewed, including 

dietary guidelines, energy balance, vitamin 

supplements, and food facts. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

GE1410 - English I: 

This course is the fi rst of two courses in the 

composition sequence. Students are introduced 

to college-level writing as a process of developing 

and supporting a thesis in an organized essay. 

The use of appropriate diction and language is 

emphasized along with reading and responding 

to the writing of others. Students will adhere 

to the standard conventions of written English. 

(Prerequisite: C or higher in TS094 - Transitional 

English OR Accuplacer English Placement score 

of 87 or higher) 4 Credits 

GE1413 - Psychology: 

This course will provide the students with an introduction 

to the fi eld of psychology as a science 

in the study of human and animal behavior. The 

course will survey the development of theoretical 

perspectives and practices from the onset of 

psychology at the beginning of the 20th century 

to today. Students will examine human development, 

theories of personality, cognitive process, 

learning, intelligence, motivation and emotion, 

sensation and perception as well as psychological 

and physiological basis of behavior. In doing so, 

students will gain a better understanding of an 

individuals’ interactions with the world around 

them. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

GE1424 - Public Speaking: 

In this course, students will develop and refi ne 

oral presentation skills necessary for personal 

and professional life. Students will be introduced 

to various aspects of the communication process 

including establishing credibility, identifying and 

applying research materials, using appropriate 

audio and/or visual aides. Additionally, they will 

gain knowledge of audience analysis and critical 

listening skills. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

GE1433 - Art History: 

This course combines a visual overview of art 

and architecture from western civilization, with 

interpretive projects and writing assignments. 

Students will learn to differentiate between 

artistic styles and movements. They will create 

relevant research projects that illustrate and combine 

visual aspects of artistic styles and periods. 


GE1466 - Principles of Economics: 

As an introduction to the fundamental nature 

of micro-and macroeconomics theory, students 

acquire a basic understanding of how economic 

systems and principles work and the way they 

infl uence daily life. The course will present the 

role of markets, the forces of supply and demand, 

the importance of producer/consumer relationships, 

distinctions between fi scal and monetary 

policy, and the natures of international trade. 


GE2411 - English ll: 

This course is the second of two in the composition 

sequence. Students expand their experiences 

reading, writing, and researching. Students write 

essays demonstrating their ability to analyze and 

evaluate the ideas of others and integrate those 

ideas into their own writing. The course includes 

in-depth examination of research methods, 

conventions of documentation, and MLA and 

APA styles. Students select, evaluate, and integrate 

a variety of sources to support a thesis in a 

research paper. (Prerequisite: GE1410 - English 

I) 4 Credits 

GE2412 - College Mathematics: 

This course covers algebra and trigonometric 

problem solving. Topics covered include operations 

with real numbers, linear and polynomial 

functions, radicals and radical expressions, 

factoring polynomials, conic sections, natural 

logs and exponents, trigonometric defi nitions and 

identities. (Prerequisite: C or higher in TS095 - 

Transitional Mathematics OR Accuplacer 

Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher) 

4 Credits 

GE2423 - Environmental Science: 

This course explores environmental science as an 

interdisciplinary study from the natural sciences

(biology, chemistry, and geology) and the social 

sciences (ecology, politics, ethics) to gain an 

understanding of how nature works and how 

interconnections occur. The use and abuse of the 

environment is also examined. Students will also 

explore the future of the environment and what 

effect they can have on it. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

GE2442 - Critical Thinking: 

This course assists students in becoming more 

effective learners through the identifi cation and 

development of skills, process and techniques 

for improving comprehension. This course also 

teaches students to apply reasoning principles for 

critical analysis and evaluation of thought and 

discourse and to use creative and critical techniques 

in problem-solving and decision making. 


GE2477 - Spanish I: 

This is the fi rst of two courses that introduce the 

student to Spanish language. It will be taught as 

an interactive class, with the students participating 

in written and oral assignments. Along with 

learning conversational phrases and key words, 

the student will understand the differences 

between singular and plural, masculine and 

feminine words, regular and irregular verbs and 

how to conjugate verbs. In order to develop functional 

profi ciency, the students will be provided 

opportunities for immediate usage of vocabulary 

and grammatical structures in culturally authentic 

communicative situations on a daily basis. 


GE2478 - Spanish II: 

This is the second class in Spanish and will build 

on the knowledge gained from Spanish I. There 

will be increased challenges to the student to use 

Spanish spontaneously and accurately. There will 

be additional activities, such as realistic day-today 

situations, group work to bring Spanish into 

daily use in the business sector and in the home. 

(Prerequisite: GE2477 - Spanish I) 4 Credits 

GE3424 - Interpersonal Communications: 

This course examines the art of social interactions 

in human relationships focusing on the application 

of theory and research. Students will explore 

and analyze the social relationships that link 

humans, in a variety of contexts, such as culture, 

gender, religion, etc. in order to practice the 

process of interactions within their own relationships. 

(Prerequisite: GE1424 - Public Speaking) 

4 Credits 

GE3432 - History and Culture of Cuisine: 

This course provides an examination of the major 

historical and geographical developments that 

have affected the creation of various cultural patterns 

including, but not limited to, gastronomc 

choices, cooking habits, folkways, and the use of 

local ingredients to meet nutritional and cultural 

considerations. Topics will include the power and 

impact of cultural symbols and the ways in which 

generations teach their young to honor a cultural 

heritage. Students will complete a term paper on 

a topic of their choice related to the content of 

this course. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

GE3433 - Contemporary Art: 

This course combines a visual provides a visual 

examination of recent western art. Students 

will demonstrate knowledge of the various 

movements in contemporary art by creating 

interpretive projects and writing assignments. 

Class participation is emphasized with group 

discussion and critiques. (Prerequisite: GE1433 - 

Art History) 4 Credits 

GE3490 - Cultural Anthropology: 

This course is designed to introduce the principles 

and fi ndings of contemporary cultural 

anthropology, including the systems of social 

structure, economic structures, family, crime, 

technology, multiculturalism, and the relationships 

of these systems to our lives. Specifi cally, 

we will look at these issues as they relate to 

designated roles across cultures. (Prerequisite: 

GE1413 - Psychology or GE1466 - Principles of 

Economics) 4 Credits 

GE4442 - Ethics: 

This course examines human life, experience 

and thought in order to discover and develop the 

principles and values for pursuing a more fulfi lled 

existence. This course helps students to apply 

theories designed to justify ethical judgments in 

a selection of contemporary personal and social 

issues. (Prerequisite: GE2442 - Critical Thinking) 

4 Credits 

GE4455 - Literature: 

This course focuses on literary selections. Topics 

include the critical evaluation of the literary 

genres: story, poetry and drama. (Prerequisite: 

GE2411 - English II) 4 Credits 

GE4461 - Physics: 

This is a course that introduces the concepts 

and methods of physics, including mechanics, 

heat, electricity and magnetism, and modern 

physics. An interdisciplinary approach will be 

stressed to integrate physics topics into students’ 

area of study to help facilitate creative work. 


4 Credits 

HOSPITALITY 

MANAGEMENT COURSES 

HM1430 - Sales and Public Relations: 

This course will focus on the sales function in varied 

hospitality settings. The relationship of sales 

to marketing will be explored, and the process of 

the actual personal sales call will be emphasized. 

The role of a successful public relations plan will 

also be examined, as well as the benefi ts of favorable 

public impression on a hospitality operation. 


HM1440 - Lodging Operations: 

This course will represent an overview of the various 

types of lodging operations in the industry. 

The guest cycle will be examined, as well as the 

role of front offi ce operations. The housekeeping 

and building maintenance functions will be discussed 

in detail, and students will be expected to 

produce a management fl owchart and detail the 

inter-relationship of the various departments in a 

lodging operation. **This course requires a “C” or 

higher to pass. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

HM2450 - Front Offi ce Management: 

This course will present the overall front offi ce/ 

front desk work environment and train students 

how to enter the front desk in a supervisor role. 

Emphasis will be given to the hospitality target 

markets, reservations, guest accounting, back 

offi ce interfaces, communications, guest services 

and guest relations. The night audit function 

and revenue management techniques will be 

explored, as well as staff motivation and training. 

(Prerequisite: HM1440 - Lodging Operations) 

4 Credits 

HM2451 - Purchasing/Contract Service: 

In this course, students will learn the importance 

of the purchasing function in various hospitality 

settings. Particular emphasis will be placed on 

food and beverage purchasing, linen, chemical 

and general supply buying. In addition, the role 

of contract services in support of a hospitality 

operation will be explored, including contract negotiation 

and cost/benefi t analysis. The relationship 

of the purchasing function to the inventory 

process and the profi t and loss statement will also 

be reviewed. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

HM2480 - Hospitality Law: 

This course covers legislation and statutes 

governing hospitality law. Legal issues such as 

innkeepers liability, Dram Shop liability, ADA 

compliance, and OSHA regulations are combined 

with a historical perspective and present day 

application. The class will also address pertinent 

key industry issues with a critical eye towards 

those laws that may hinder the industry’s growth, 

63

as well as those laws that strengthen our rights 

as hospitality professional. (Prerequisite: none) 


4 Credits 

HM2481 - Institutional Operations: 

This course will discuss the varied options for 

employment in the institutional operation. 

Healthcare, senior care, cruise line, casino, education, 

corrections, airline and contract service 

companies will be detailed. Special attention will 

be given to the unique opportunities and challenges 

this segment of the industry presents to 

supervisory staff and management. (Prerequisite: 


HM3412 - Travel and Tourism: 

This class will provide an overview of the national 

and international travel market. The evolving role 

of travel agents will be discussed, as well as the 

emergence of the internet as a planning tool. The 

importance of tourism to the world economy will 

be discussed, with a consideration of the effect of 

terrorism on world markets. The airline, cruise, 

rail and automobile industries will be examined, 

correlating their infl uence on the hospitality 

industry. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

HM3490 - Risk Management: 

This course explores risk management issues 

in the business property and liability area. It 

includes the operation of insurance companies, as 

well as the duties and functions of the hospitality 

manager and risk manager at the property level. 

An analysis of commercial property, business 

interruption, owners, surety, general liability, 

workers compensation, health, life and professional 

insurance needs and coverage will be 

examined in the context of the hospitality operation. 


HM3491 - Multi-Unit/Chain/Franchise 

Operations: 

This class will discuss the relationship of the 

individual property to the parent organization. 

A discussion of small chain vs. large chain, local, 

regional, national and international organizations 

will provide the student with a globe perspective 

on corporate hospitality operations. The role 

of the franchise organization will be explored, 

as well as the place of the property manager as 

owner’s representative in a franchise location. 

Several different franchise models will be presented, 

as well as a discussion of the cost/benefi t 

relationship of a franchise vs. independent 

property. (Prerequisite: HM2481 - Institutional 

Operations) 4 Credits 

HM4401 - Hospitality Accounting: 

This class will build on the knowledge gained 

in the accounting principles class, with a focus 

on the unique requirements of the hospitality 

64 

operation. Forecasting, budgeting and adherence 

modules will be included, as well as an in-depth 

examination of the profi t and loss statement 

as a management tool. The POS and property 

management software interface will be included, 

with discussions on the cost of inventory, inventory 

procedures and proper food and variable 

costing practices. A section on hospitality fi nance 

will explore the purchase, sale and capitalization 

requirements of sample properties in the 

industry. (Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles of 

Managerial Accounting) **This course requires a 

“C” or higher to pass. 4 Credits 

HM4402 - Beverage Management: 

This class will explore the role of management of 

beverage service in bars, clubs, casinos, restaurants, 

resorts and hotels. Particular attention will 

be given to the management of people in this fastpaced 

setting, and the inherent liability associated 

with alcoholic beverage service. A module of 

the increasing popularity of coffee and tea service 

will be presented, with a potential career focus 

on this rapidly growing market. (Prerequisite: 

CU3462 - Dining Room Operations) 4 Credits 

HM4430 - Hospitality Capstone: 

Through competencies developed with previous 

related studies course work, students will 

develop a complete business plan for a hospitality 

operational unit. The project will include Market 

Analysis and Marketing Strategy, Operating 

Budget, Sales Projections, Opening Inventories, 

Capital Equipment, Demographics, Labor 

Schedule, and Facilities Design as appropriate to 

the project. The student will have the assistance 

of an Instructor to facilitate the completion of 

the project. (Prerequisite: none) **This course 



COURSES 

ID1420 - Architectural Drafting: 

This course is an Introduction to basic drafting 

equipment, techniques, terminology, and symbols 

used in design. Drafting requirements include 

lettering, plan views, elevations, sections, details, 

schedules, and paraline drawings. (Prerequisite: 



ID1421 - Perspectives: 

This course is an introduction to the principles 

of one-and-two point perspective and the 

techniques to represent shade and shadow. 

(Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting) 

4 Credits 

ID1426 - Mixed Media: 

Sketching and the rendering of elevations, plan, 

and interior perspectives using a variety of media 

and surfaces is the main focus. The course will 

introduce students to the world of computers 

through lecture and laboratory sessions. The laboratory 

sessions will provide hands-on skills on a 

specifi c computer system and will teach functions 

within a computer environment to complete 

projects. (Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural 

Drafting) 4 Credits 

ID1433 - Textiles and Fabrics: 

Course explores the properties of man-made and 

natural fi bers and their production, uses, and 

characteristics. Content includes discussion of 

fi bers, yarns, fabrics, fi nishes, design methods, 

aesthetic applications, and ordering specifi cations. 


ID1440 - 3D Design: 

This course is an introduction to the basic elements 

and principles of 3D design and exploration 

of the visual and structural qualities of 

objects. Students solved problems by organizing 

and constructing 3D forms within spatial environments. 

(Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

ID2418 - History of Architecture: 

This course covers major architectural sites from 

the ancient world to the 18th century. Content includes 

discussion of the evolution of architectural 

thought, design and structure within their cultural, 

historical, and social context. (Prerequisite: 


ID2420 - History of Design to 1830: 

This course explores the evolution of furniture interiors 

and design from the ancient world to 1830 

and discusses the major cultural, political, social 

and economic factors that affects the design of 

material culture and the relationship of furniture 

and interiors to signifi cant movements in art 

and architecture. It includes the history of the 

profession of interior design and contributions 

of interior designers to the development of the 

profession. The course also introduces students 

to major architectural developments, including 

various architectural movements. (Prerequisite: 


ID2422 - Introduction to Space Planning: 

This course explores the issues related to preliminary 

space planning, and spatial volume with special 

emphasis placed on human factors. Students 

will develop skill and judgment in ordering and 

defi ning space and represent their ideas through 

conceptual drawings and other supporting graphic 

material. (Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer 

Aided Drafting) 4 Credits

ID2424 - Elements of Interior Design: 

Characteristics and selection criteria for the 

identifi cation and evaluation of interior materials, 

fi nishes, and treatments is the focus of the course. 

(Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Design and 

ID1421 - Perspectives) 4 Credits 

ID2425 - Building Materials and Mechanical 

Systems: 

This is a survey of the principles of interior 

construction and the inter-relationship between 

materials and structure. The course includes 

discussion of wall, fl oor, ceiling, mechanical, and 

electrical systems. This course is an introduction 

to the process of producing and using a 

set of contract documents for interior spaces. 

Content includes formatting, cross-referencing 

drawings, and how to represent details, section 

and legends. Content also includes a study of the 

codes and regulations covering public health and 

welfare. (Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided 


ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting: 

This course examines the hardware that constitutes 

a CAD work station and the operating 

system (MS-DOS/Windows) that enables the 

equipment to function as a unit. It also shows 

how to use AutoCAD to set up drawings and add 

lines, circles, arcs, and other shapes, geometric 

constructions, and text. Students use display and 

editing techniques to obtain information about 

their drawings and work with drawing fi les. 

(Prerequisite: ID1426 - Mixed Media) **This 


ID2431 - Revit Applications: 

The major focus of this course is the use of Revit 

to render 3D images (Prerequisite: ID2430 - 

Computer Aided Drafting) 4 Credits 

ID2440 - Design Process: 

Students will be introduced to the basic elements 

and principles of Interior Design. Exploration of 

the process and methodology used in the development 

of Interior Design solutions. Content includes 

anthropomorphic and ergonomic data and 

its relationship to interior space. Development 

of alternative design solutions, and the visual 

and verbal vocabulary necessary to communicate 

design ideas at the schematic level. (Prerequisite: 

ID1420 - Architectural Drafting) 4 Credits 

ID2441 - Design Development - Residential: 

This course explores the design development 

phase of the design process. Students transition 

from thinking conceptually to fully developing a 

residential interior space. Course content centers 

on the inter-relationships of the elements of 3-D 

space, such as proportion and volume, planning, 

materials, detailing, and fi nishing. Discussions 

also include physical and psychological needs 

unique to the home. (Prerequisite: ID2430 – 

Computer Aided Drafting) 4 Credits 

ID2442 - Design Development - Commercial: 

This course is a study of the 3D aspects of interior 

space and the understanding of interior spaces 

as volume. Students work through the process of 

designing a corporate space in complete detail 

from conceptualization to presentation drawings. 

Research centers on the technical elements 

involved in commercial spaces, corporate furnishing, 

materials, fi nish. Applications are produced 

using CAD. (Prerequisite: ID2430 – Computer 

Aided Drafting) 4 Credits 

ID2443 - Problems in Residential Design: 

This course examines issues relevant to residential 

needs of people from various age groups, 

economic levels, and/or physical and emotional 

conditions. (Prerequisite: ID2441 – Design 

Development: Residential) 4 Credits 

ID3419 - Civilization and the Arts: 

In this course, students explore the cultural, 

intellectual, and political trends that have shaped 

the historical development of the world from the 

Renaissance into the 21st century (Prerequisite: 


ID3420 - History of Design from 1830 

to Present: 

This course examines the development of furniture, 

interiors, architecture, and decorating arts 

from 1830 to the present. Projects emphasize 

English, American, and international styles in 

a contemporary idiom. (Prerequisite: ID2420 - 

History of Design to 1830) 4 Credits 

ID3421 - History of 19th and 20tCentury 

Architecture: 

This course examines the evolution of modern 

architecture in the 19th and 20th centuries. 

Content includes discussion of the theoretical 

basis of signifi cant architectural styles and places 

architectural developments within their cultural, 

historical, and social framework. (Prerequisite: 


ID3425 - Lighting: 

This course involves the study of lighting under 

a variety of studio location situations. The 

student acquires a working knowledge of natural 

and artifi cial lighting. Students apply problemsolving 

techniques to different lighting conditions. 

(Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided 


ID3427 - Interior Tectonics & Codes: 

This course surveys the principles of interior 

construction and the inter-relationship between 

materials and structure. Course includes discussion 

of wall, fl oor and ceiling systems, mechanical 

and electrical systems and their relationship to 

interior design. Content also includes a study of 

the codes and regulations covering the health 

and welfare of the public. (Corequisite: ID2430 - 

Computer Aided Drafting) **This course requires 


ID3429 - Interior Detailing: 

This course examines the study of materials and 

fabrication techniques involved in the design and 

construction of basic interior details and how 

these details are communicated in the documents 

package. Content includes detailing of cabinetry, 

ceiling, walls, fl oors and millwork. (Prerequisite: 

ID2430 – Computer Aided Drafting) 4 Credits 

ID3440 - Specialty Design: 

This course focuses on advanced space planning 

that emphasizes the development of sculptural 

space and the concept of plan as art. The course 

emphasizes precedent and contextual thinking in 

the development of a creative design for a variety 

of interior applications. (Prerequisite: ID2442 – 

Design Development: Commercial) 4 Credits 

ID3441 - Advanced Residential Design: 

This course focuses on programming and 

development of a high-end residential space 

with emphasis on interior details. (Prerequisite: 

ID2443 – Problems in Residential Design) 

4 Credits 

ID3442 - Advanced Corporate Design: 

This course focuses on the complete analysis of 

a corporate interior design project by developing 

in-depth programming, schematics, design 

development, modeling, construction documents, 

and specifi cations. This group project also helps 

further develop time management, organization, 

and group communication skills. (Prerequisite: 

ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial) 

4 Credits 

ID4425 - Advanced Detailing: 

This course is designed to involve the student 

in the research and design of complex casework 

pieces, millwork, interior construction details, 

and custom furniture. (Prerequisite: ID3429 - 

Interior Detailing) **This course requires a “C” 


ID4440 - Advanced Specialty Design: 

This course focuses on the research and design of 

a hospitality space. Pre-design research focuses 

on industry standards, design issues, codes and 

products relevant to the development of hospitality 

space. (Prerequisite: ID3440 - Specialty 

Design) 4 Credits 

ID4479 - Professional Practice: 

This course focuses on principles governing the 

business, legal, and contractual aspects of the interior 

design profession for both commercial and 

residential applications. This includes in-depth 

65

discussion of the legal, contractual and ethical 

elements required to run a 21st century business. 

Further discussion addresses client relationships, 

developing marketing services, business plans, 

and a comprehensive resume and cover letter. 


ID4480 - Senior Design Project: 

This course will prepare students for job 

interviews by helping them compile a portfolio. 

Students will demonstrate their conceptual 

design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they 

assemble and refi ne their portfolio pieces. Each 

student will select representative pieces, showcasing 

work that refl ects a unique style. Particular 

emphasis is placed on identifying short and long 

term professional employment goals, as well as 

related strategies and resources. (Prerequisite: 

Approval of Academic Director) 4 Credits 

MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION 

COURSES 

CA1409 - History and Trends of Animation: 

This course surveys the history of animation with 

emphasis on the various animation processes 

in their historical contexts. This survey course 

also involves discussions of new developments 

and future trends in the animation industry 

and analysis of major sectors of the animation 

industry and career opportunities within them. 


CA1410 - Storyboarding and Animatics: 

This course focuses on the animation preproduction 

techniques of storyboarding, 

storytelling, and animatics. The course will cover 

the purpose, formats, basic terminology, and 

concepts used in storyboarding and animatics 

and the application thereof. Use of capture 

devices, storytelling, composition, and design will 

be applied. (Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing and 

Perspective) 4 Credits 

CA1415 - Writing for Animation: 

Writing for Animation will explore the various 

processes used to create treatments, stories, 

and scripts. Students will see what a treatment 

is and how it is used. They will explore how an 

idea is developed into a story and then into a 

script. Students will see how a story is structured; 

they will explore how to read a script and how 

to develop their own scripts. Students will have 

a chance to see how important content is to the 

development of a fi nished product. (Prerequisite: 


CA1420 - Digital Imaging: 

Students develop basic image manipulation 

skills in a raster-based computer environment. 

66 

Emphasis is on mastering the fundamentals of 

scanning, color management, photo retouching, 

imaging, special effects, and fi lters and masks. 



4 Credits 

CA2412 - Advanced Drawing for Animation: 

Students will develop their drawing skills and 

study space, movement, texture and composition. 

Students will demonstrate creative ideas and advanced 

skills required to produce their animation 

projects. (Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate 

Drawing) 4 Credits 

CA2413 - Acting for Animators: 

In this course, students will explore the techniques 

involved in putting together expressions 

and movements that convey emotions, impart 

meaning and tell a story. Students will see how 

to tell a story with motion and embellish it with 

expressions. Students will study silent fi lms, 

physicality and versatility, and alternate ways to 

tell a story and convey a message. (Prerequisite: 

CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation) 

4 Credits 

CA2425 - Introduction to 2D Animation: 

This course introduced the principles and fundamentals 

of animation. Students will study the 

12 principles of animation and apply through a 

variety of fundamental exercises. Use of capture 

devices, pencil tests and other animation techniques 

will be explored. (Prerequisite: GD1411 

- Intermediate Drawing) **This course requires a 


CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling: 

This is an introductory course in geometric construction. 

Through critical analysis, students conceptualize 

3D coordinate systems and construct 

3D models in a computer environment. Students 

also identify the differences and similarities of 3D 

modeling with sculpting, 3D design and character 

design techniques. (Prerequisite: GD1400 - 

Computer Applications) **This course requires a 


CA2430 - Introduction to Video: 

This course will provide an overview of the video 

industry and establish a foundation in broadcast 

technology. Basic video equipment and studio 

operation will be introduced, along with terminology 

and its application. (Prerequisite: GD1400 


CA2431 - Audio Production: 

This course is a conceptual introduction to audio 

production techniques. Students will understand 

to digitize sound and apply it to their work. 

Students will also learn how to produce appropriate 

audio effects and transitions. (Prerequisite: 

GD1400 - Computer Applications) 4 Credits 

CA2432 - Character/Object Design: 

In this course, students will design characters 

and related objects for animation. Students will 

learn the process of character development as 

well as enhanced life drawing skills. Course assignments 

include gesture drawing, action poses, 

turnarounds, and creation of sculpted objects. 

(Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing) 

4 Credits 

CA2435 - Advanced 2D Animation: 

In this course, using the principles learned in 

previous 2D animation courses, students are 

responsible for organizing the elements required 

to storyboard, produce, and record in animated 

short. (Prerequisite: CA2425 - Introduction to 2D 

Animation) 4 Credits 

CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation: 

Building on the skills acquired in 3D Modeling, 

students learn to animate and apply the 

principles of animation in a computer environment. 

Students are also introduced to concept of 

rigging and setting up their model for animation. 

(Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D 

Modeling) **This course requires a “C” or higher 


CA2440 - Digital Video Editing: 

In this course students explore the features and 

functions of video editing systems and learn to 

edit video using linear and non-linear video editing 

systems. Students will also explore various 

media available for output of animation and use 

appropriate equipment to output animation to 

tape. (Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to 

Video) 4 Credits 

CA3425 - Materials and Lighting: 

In this course, students will address lighting 3D 

objects, lighting movement, and establishing 

congruence between background, object, refl ectivity, 

and illusion of depth. The course will focus 

on the correlation between reality and computer 

rendition, stressing the disparity between real 

light and the technical facsimile of artifi cial 

lighting. The analysis, creation, and application 

of custom materials and texture maps will also be 

explored. (Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 

3D Modeling) 4 Credits 

CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling: 

Using a 3D environment, intermediate modeling 

techniques and concepts are elaborated. 

Modeling as character design and development is 

emphasized while refi ning techniques in lighting, 

camera, and textures. (Prerequisite: CA2429 

- Introduction to 3D Modeling) **This course 

requires a “C” or higher to pass. 4 Credits

CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation: 

Using a 3D environment, intermediate animation 

techniques, rigging and setup techniques 

are elaborated. Animation storyboard and 

storytelling concepts are explored while refi ning 

techniques in lighting, camera, and timing. 

Students are also introduced to basic principal 

of scripting and expressions. (Prerequisites: 

CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation and 

CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling) **This 


CA3460 - Computer Animation Studio: 

Utilizing advanced computer programs, students 

will be able to design, produce and edit imaginative 

animation sequences. Special topics in 

modeling and animation will be covered such 

as advanced concepts, lighting, compositing, 

special effects, camera moves, audio and inverse 

kinematics. (Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 

3D Animation) 4 Credits 

CA3469 - Advanced 3D Modeling: 

Using a 3D environment advanced modeling 

techniques and concepts are applied. Modeling as 

character design and development is emphasized 

while students analyze real world observations 

and their application to modeling. (Prerequisite: 

CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling) 4 Credits 

CA3470 - Special Topics for 

Computer Animation: 

This course allows the student to select special 

topics in animation and produce such animations 

under the guidance of an instructor. The student 

will be exposed to the various applications of 

animation and apply animation skills to chosen 

topics. (Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 


CA3479 - Advanced 3D Animation: 

Using a 3D environment, advanced animation 

techniques, rigging and setup techniques are 

applied. Students also apply the principles of 

acting, appropriate mathematical concepts and 

techniques to scripting activities and analyze 

real world observations and their application to 

animation. (Prerequisite: CA3459 - 

Intermediate 3D Animation) 4 Credits 

CA4461 - Traditional Animation Studio: 

Students work with team members to create a 

full-length traditional 2D, or experimental animation. 

In this advanced course, all nuances of 

project creation, production, and post production 

are taught. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

CA4480 - Team Animation: 

Students will utilize their knowledge of 

storytelling, animation, modeling, processing, 

and compositing software to create a team 

project. Students will strengthen their 

interpersonal and communication skills 

by working toward a common goal in an 

environment that is similar to the animation 

industry. (Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction 


PHOTOGRAPHY COURSES 

PH1401 - Principles of Photography: 

In this foundation course, students examine 

the essential tools, materials, and techniques of 

photography. The student will learn to use the 

camera, fi lm processing, composition, print fi nishing, 

and basic darkroom printing. The student 

will be challenged to investigate the photographic 

medium and consider its role in image making. 



PH1410 - History and Survey 

of Photography: 

This course will provide a framework for critically 

considering signifi cant photographers and their 

work. Students will be expected to describe, 

interpret, and evaluate the origins, stylistic 

changes, and artistic innovations in the history 

of photography from the 19th Century through 

contemporary times. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting: 

In this introduction to the essential concepts of 

lighting for photography, students explore the 

manipulation of quantity, quality, direction, contrast, 

and color of both natural and artifi cial lighting. 

The course covers equipment and processes 

required to produce professional image quality in 

the studio and on location. (Prerequisite: PH1401 

- Principles of Photography) **This course 


PH1450 - Photographic Design: 

In this course, students experience primary 

design elements of visual communication as they 

apply to the photograph. Topics include image 

composition, color theory, lighting theory and 

the art of the critique. (Prerequisite: GD1401 - 

Fundamentals of Design and PH1401 – Principles 

of Photography) 4 Credits 

PH1470 - Large Format Photography: 

Working individually and in teams, students will 

utilize large format cameras both in the studio 

and on location, working with various light 

sources. This course offers essential experience 

with the large format or view camera. Topics 

include sheet fi lm, fi lm holders, exposure and 

process control, and the management of perspective 

and focus with the movements that are 

unique to the view camera. (Prerequisite: PH1413 

– Fundamentals of Lighting) 4 Credits 

PH2413 - Advanced Lighting: 

This course expands on the PH1413 

Fundamentals of Lighting, with an emphasis 

on lighting for products and people in both the 

studio and on location. The necessary and correct 

utilization of electronic fl ash and lighting tools in 

the studio and on location is covered. Emphasis is 

placed on the imaginative application of lighting 

technique and style. (Prerequisite: PH1413 - 

Fundamentals of Lighting) 4 Credits 

PH2450 - Alternative Photo Processes: 

This class will utilize both traditional and 

non-traditional photo methods while developing 

a knowledge of alternative photo processes. 

Chemical processes, lifts, transfers, and image 

manipulation will be explored. (Prerequisite: 

PH1470 - Large Format Photography) 4 Credits 

PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production: 

In this introduction to digital photo production, 

students become acquainted with the concepts, 

hardware, and software related to digital image 

acquisition, manipulation, and output, including 

scanning, masking, layering, retouching, and 

printing. (Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals 

of Lighting) **This course requires a “C” or 


PH2460 - Digital Darkroom: 

Emphasis will be placed on those digital techniques 

that correspond to traditional darkroom 

processes. The course will address issues related 

to color theory, resolution, contrast and density 

controls and the production of photo quality 

digital prints from scanned fi lm and direct 

digital captures. (Prerequisite: PH2451 - Digital 

Photographic Production) 4 Credits 

PH2470 - Editorial Photography: 

Students will produce assignments related to 

photojournalism, location, and editorial photography. 

Emphasis is placed on digital technologies 

and formal assignment presentation. The 

class is devoted to subject research and creative 

photography in both fi ne art and commercial 

applications. (Prerequisite: PH2413 – Advanced 

Lighting) 4 Credits 

PH2478 - Location Photography: 

This course explores the special needs of location 

photography, including both the technical and 

logistical aspects of location work. Students are 

challenged with a variety of assignments related 

to fashion, portraiture, product, stock, and 

architectural photography (Prerequisite: PH2470 

- Editorial Photography) 4 Credits 

PH3400 - The Business of Photography: 

This course reviews considerations faced by 

photographers when establishing and managing a 

67

studio operation. Topics include recruitment, appraisal, 

and delegation to a studio staff; negotiating 

with clients and talent; and the management 

of large productions. Students must use business 

management software to estimate costs for 

photographic work and manage a studio budget. 

(Prerequisite: PA3481 - Career Development) 

4 Credits 

PH3410 - Photographic Essays 

and Visual Narratives: 

This course addresses photography as a narrative 

or illustrative medium used in support of the text 

content of publications. Students are required to 

produce their own renditions of picture stories, 

illustrations, magazine covers, and page layouts 

for all types of print media. (Prerequisite: 

PH2470 - Editorial Photography or PH2478 – 

Location Photography) 4 Credits 

PH3413 - Photographic Studio: 

Students will develop the ability to solve 

problems of visual communication through 

assignments designed to challenge their skills 

in lighting, camera operation, and commercial 

interpretation. All aspects of studio photography 

are discussed from lenses to lighting and people 

to products. (Prerequisite: PH2413 - Advanced 

Lighting) **This course requires a “C” or higher 


PH4410 - Specialization: 

In this course, the student elects to specialize in 

one or more of the major fi elds of photography, 

including photographic illustration, industrial, 

editorial, photojournalism, landscape/nature, 

commercial and portraiture. Advanced application, 

marketing and preparation of portfolio for 

employment are stressed. This is considered 

to be the most important section of the overall 

portfolio requirements. (Prerequisite: PH3413 - 

Photographic Studio and Approval of Academic 


PROFESSIONAL 

APPLICATIONS 

PA095 - College Success: 

This seminar is designed to help incoming 

students make a successful transition to the 

academic, cultural and social climate of The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. Highlights of 

the course include a focus on the necessary survival 

skills for academic and personal growth and 

development. (Prerequisite: none) 0 Credits 

PA3411 - Capstone/Portfolio: 

In this course, students will take menu-driven 

concepts and derive a business plan that outlines 

the acquisition of a food service property by 

68 

analyzing the demographics, location, marketing, 

and fi nancial requirements of such a venture 

and determining its overall feasibility in the 

marketplace. Trends, lifestyle shifting, and 

psychographic analysis will be addressed while 

analyzing successful restaurant concepts via case 

studies. The capstone project culminates in a 

complete business plan ready for market entry. 



4 Credits 

PA3415 - Management Internship: 

In this course, the student serves as a management 

intern at a food service facility. The student 

learns the hands-on duties that managers 

perform on a day-to-day basis. Interviewing, 

hiring, employee relations and discipline, scheduling, 

and team building are possible duties to 

be performed. The student should also practice 

good customer relations and may be involved 

in marketing and promotion. The student may 

also be required to participate in cash handling, 

inventory, or other duties that the host site may 

require. (Prerequisite: Approval of Academic 


PA3415 - HM - Management Internship: 

The purpose of the 16 credit Hospitality 

Management Internship is to provide students 

with a comprehensive immersion in a selected 

Hospitality Operation. Students will spend 

one full quarter observing and interacting with 

management at the selected property. Interns will 

be expected to become involved with all aspects 

of managing a Hospitality operation, including 

human resource functions, scheduling, fi nancial 

analysis, supervision and leadership modeling. 

Interns will be expected to work closely with the 

management of the internship site in preparation 

for their careers in the industry. Interns will 

become involved in every department and aspect 

of the operation, specifi cally with a management 

orientation that will provide detailed information 

by department and an overall property coordinated 

vision. (Prerequisite: Approval of Academic 


PA3481 - Career Development: 

In this course, students focus on the mechanics of 

the job search process (networking, resume and 

cover letter writing, and interviewing) and the development 

of the oral communication skills needed 

in all aspects of professional life. (Prerequisite: 

GE1410 - English I) 4 Credits 

PA4483 - Digital Portfolio: 

The objectives of this course are to complete the 

digital portion of the student’s portfolio, to assess 

its strengths and weaknesses, to correct those 

weaknesses and augment the students’ strengths, 

and to produce a professional-level demo tape. 

This course will also stress the importance of 

professional development and help the student 

obtain the necessary completion of the initial job 

search requirements. (Prerequisite: Approval of 

Academic Director) **This course requires a “C” 


PA4484 - Portfolio Presentation: 

In this course, students will assemble and 

enhance the print portion of their animation 

portfolio, as well as sharpen their job seeking 

skills. (Prerequisite: Approval of Academic 

Director) **This course requires a “C” or higher 


PA4485 - Portfolio Preparation: 

This course will prepare students for job 

interviews by helping them compile a portfolio. 

Students will demonstrate their conceptual 

design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they 

assemble and refi ne their portfolio pieces. Each 

student will select representative pieces, showcasing 

work that refl ects a unique style. Particular 

emphasis is placed on identifying short and 

long-term professional employment goals, as well 

as related strategies and resources. (Prerequisite: 


requires a “C” or higher to pass. 

4 Credits 

PA4486 - Internship: 

Through a fi eld internship experience, students 

will be able to apply acquired subject matter and 

career/professional skills in a real and practical 

situation. The main objectives of the internship 

are to allow students the opportunity to observe 

and participate in the operation of successful 

business related to their fi elds of study. Students 

will gain the experience they need to enter the 

fi eld when they graduate. (Prerequisite: Approval 

of Academic Director) 4 Credits 

PA4487 - Portfolio: 

This course focuses on the completion of the 

portfolio and enables students to begin their job 

search. Students should come into this course 

with work for the portfolio already begun. During 

the term, students will determine the quality of 

their work so that enhancements may be made. 

In addition, they will complete a professional 

resume and begin the job search. (Prerequisite: 



STUDIO MAJOR COURSES 

SM1401 - Studio Major I: 

The student declares a primary studio concentration 

and track from a design discipline 

offered at the college in consultation with their

advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 

10 courses, of which 5 are in the upper division. 

(Prerequisite: may vary based on specifi c courses) 

4 Credits 

SM1402 - Studio Major II: 



offered at the college in consultation with their 




4 Credits 

SM2403 - Studio Major III: 

Th student declares a primary studio concentration 






4 Credits 

SM2404 - Studio Major IV: 







4 Credits 

SM3405 - Studio Major V: 







4 Credits 

SM3406 - Studio Major VI: 







4 Credits 

SM4407 - Studio Major VII: 


and track from a design discipline offered 

at the college in consultation with their advisor. 

Primary concentration tracks include 10 courses, 

of which 5 are in the upper division.(Prerequisite: 

may vary based on specifi c courses) 4 Credits 

SM4408 - Studio Major VIII: 







4 Credits 

TRANSITIONAL 

STUDIES COURSES 

TS094 - Transitional Studies: English: 

This course emphasizes the skills needed to produce 

clear, competent English prose. Coursework 

concentrates on basic paragraph writing with 

its attendant skills: various sentence structure, 

spelling, subject/verb agreement, punctuation, 

and correct verb tense. (Course is required for 

students with an Accuplacer Sentence Skills 

placement score of less than 87) Students will require 

a “C” or higher to pass Transitional English. 


TS095 - Transitional Studies: Mathematics: 

This course reviews the mathematics that is the 

foundation for the requirements of a degree 

program. The course focuses on conceptual 

understanding of problem solving, decision 

making, and analytical skills dealing with quantities, 

their magnitudes and inter-relationships. 

The course includes: complex manipulation of 

whole numbers, fractions, decimal numbers; 

ratios, proportions, and percentages; geometry 

(emphasizing the calculation of area and volume 

of complex 2D and 3D objects); algebra (emphasizing 

the manipulation of negative and positive 

numbers and the solution of linear equations; 

beginning statistics (graphing, mode, mean and 

median). (Course is required for students with 

an Accuplacer Elementary Algebra placement 

score of less than 57). Students will require a 

“C” or higher to pass Transitional Mathematics. 


VISUAL EFFECTS & 

MOTION GRAPHICS 

COURSES 

VE1409 - History And Trends Of 

Visual Effects: 

This course provides an overview of the visual 

effects industry, with an emphasis on traditional 

techniques and their historical context. This survey 

class also explores major trends in the visual 

effects industry, and identifi es career opportunities 

in the fi eld. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

VE1438 - Computer Graphics: 

This course will explore the history, psychology, 

and artistic interpretation of typography 

and digital design elements. Focus will be upon 

systematic application of typographic elements 

to enhance readability and visibility as well as 

communications for video, digital publishing, 

computer animation, and broadcast graphics. 

Desktop publishing activities will include the integration 

of computers and vector-based drawing 

programs. (Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography 

for Digital Media) **This course requires a “C” or 


VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling: 

The course is an introduction to storytelling 

and the components of story. The goal is to 

develop storytelling skills, and an understanding 

of story form. Students will examine story art 

through story structure, character and composition. 

Students will be presented with the tools, 

techniques, and understandings of what stories 

are and how they work. The course will comprise 

reading, writing, and discussion about traditional 

storytelling as well as the impact of technology 

and interactivity on storytelling. Students will 

learn to craft, analyze and critique stories while 

working with the tools necessary to present 

material in digital format. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks: 

This course continues the development of digital 

imaging skills, with an emphasis on advanced 

techniques in masking, maps, channels, and compositing. 

(Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 

3D Modeling) 4 Credits 

VE2453 - Introduction to VFX: 

This course will explore basic color theory and 

the various techniques of digital compositing. 

Emphasis will be placed on combining separately 

shot pieces of live action footage to create a 

seamless fi nished shot. (Prerequisite: CA2430 - 

Introduction to Video) **This course requires a 


VE2467 - Production Design: 

This course explores the production designer’s 

role of interpreting a screenplay (or similar 

work), and then combining reality and imagination 

to create visual elements that reinforce the 

screenplay’s narrative and aesthetic requirements. 

Students will consider both the explicit 

and underlying meanings in a scene, and then 

employ set and effects design to reinforce these 

ideas. (Prerequisite: VE1457 - Conceptual 

Storytelling) 4 Credits 

VE2481 - Interactive Visual Design: 

Students learn about interactive computer programs 

that combine animation with facilities for 

integrating text, sound, images, and fi ll-motion 

video into interactive products. This course 

allows students to explore the role of 2D and 

3D animation in the production of interactive 

69

products. (Prerequisite: GD1400 - Computer 

Applications) 4 Credits 

VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics: 

This course introduces techniques in type design 

and animation using compositing software. 

Emphasis is on design, storytelling and technical 

precision. (Prerequisite: VE1438 - Computer 

Graphics or GD1403 - Typography for Digital 

Media) 4 Credits 

VE3453 - Intermediate VFX: 

Utilizing various painting and compositing 

packages students will learn the principles of 

rotoscoping and digital painting, as applied to 

rig removal and special effects. Students will 

also build upon the principles in previous classes 

towards the creation of more advanced live action 

composites. (Prerequisite: VE2453 - Introduction 

to VFX and VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks) 


4 Credits 

VE3457 - Post-Production Management: 

Students will learn to manage the production process. 

They will develop skill in managing clients 

and personnel. Students will discover the critical 

nature of preplanning and organization. Course 

will explore the various technical and artist issues 

that effect a project. Students will understand the 

fi nancial implications of project management. 

Skill will be developed in establishing timelines 

and deadlines. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX: 

This course will prepare students for on-set 

supervisory roles in the visual effects industry. By 

utilizing a complete survey of lighting conditions 

and physical set measurements, students will 

acquire the necessary data to incorporate 3D 

elements into live action plates. (Prerequisite: 

VE3453 - Intermediate VFX) 4 Credits 

VE3477 - 3D Effects: 

Within a 3D environment, students will use 

dynamic simulation, particle systems, and rigid 

bodies to create a variety of convincing effects, 

including natural phenomena. This course will 

build a foundation for students to create complex, 

dynamic effects, integrated into live action footage. 

(Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D 

Modeling) 4 Credits 

VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics: 

This course will expose students to the disciplines 

used in fi nalizing a video or animation project 

using compositing software. The class will 

reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and 

vocabulary that students have learned in previous 

classes. More sophisticated tools and techniques 

will be introduced. Each student should produce 

a fi nal edited project utilizing these skills. 

70 

(Prerequisite: VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics) 


4 Credits 

VE3490 - Advanced Editing Principles: 

Advanced editing gives students the opportunity 

to refi ne knowledge and skill learned in previous 

courses. The main focus of this course is applying 

shot relations and transitions by creating a 

short video from original idea to edited master. 

Students will evaluate the editing process by 

watching fi lms and understanding how editing 

supports the story being told. Students will 

then practice shot relationships and continuity 

editing using non-linear video editing systems. 

(Prerequisite: CA2440 - Digital Video Editing) 

4 Credits 

VE4463 - Advanced VFX I: 

This course will continue to explore the disciplines 

used in creating and compositing video 

shot on a blue or green screen. More sophisticated 

methods will be introduced for color correcting 

and adjusting video to produce seamless 

composites. The class will reinforce compositing 

concepts, techniques, and vocabulary that 

students have learned in previous classes. The 

concepts of background replacement and the use 

of miniatures in visual effects will also be introduced. 

(Prerequisites: VE3453 - Intermediate 

VFX and VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for 

Visual Effects) 4 Credits 

VE4467 - Production Studio I: 

Students will build upon foundation skills in 

broadcast design and visual effects by simulating 

a real world production environment. Emphasis 

will be placed on the competitive and collaborative 

aspects of production, as well as various professional 

methods, procedures, techniques, skills, 

resources, and equipment. (Prerequisite: VE3465 

- Digital Cinematography for VFX) 4 Credits 

VE4473 - Advanced VFX II: 

In this course, the further exploration of 3D 

tracking and matchmoving concepts will be 

emphasized to create more complex interaction 

between 3D elements and live action footage. 

Advanced 3D lighting systems will be introduced 

to produce photorealistic composites. 

(Prerequisite: VE4463 - Advanced VFX I) 

4 Credits 

VE4486 - Advanced Broadcast Graphics: 

This course will expose students to more advanced 

compositing techniques. The class will 

reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and 

vocabulary that students have learned in previous 

classes. More sophisticated tools and techniques 

will be introduced. The class will focus mainly on 

group-oriented projects. Each student will have a 

vital role in producing a group project involving, 

animation, live action video, editing, and compositing 

for a fi nal portfolio piece. (Prerequisite: 

VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics) 

4 Credits 

WEB DESIGN & 

INTERACTIVE MEDIA 

COURSES 

IM1480 - Fundamentals Of Interactive 

Design: 

The course introduces students to the history, 

trends, terminology, and concepts in the fi eld of 

interactive design. Through materials presented 

in the course, students become familiar with the 

roles and responsibilities of people working in the 

fi eld, professional organizations, and signifi cant 

organizations. Students are also introduced to the 

basic concepts and tools for developing interactive 

media applications. (Prerequisite: GD1400 

- Computer Applications) **This course requires 


IM2420 - Fundamentals of Scripting 

Languages: 

Students develop and refi ne basic programming 

skills. Emphasis is placed on programming concepts 

including logic, problem solving, process 

fl ow and fl owcharting, syntax and structures, 

and debugging and troubleshooting. Students 

will acquire skills needed to design, develop, 

and produce practical interactive applications. 

(Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals of 

Interactive Design) **This course requires a “C” 


IM2440 - User Centered Interface Design: 

This course provides students with the skills to 

design interactive interfaces. Emphasis is placed 

on examination of the information architecture, 

communication and business goals, media, and 

delivery platform. Students will develop an interface 

prototype that meets the goals of the project. 

(Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation) 

4 Credits 

IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring: 

This course will introduce the student to concepts 

and designs utilized in the development of 

education, sales, and marketing presentations. 

Students will create an integrated, interactive 

multimedia presentation using the basic concepts 

and principles of multimedia and graphic design. 

(Prerequisite: GD1400 - Computer Applications 

and GD1420 - Image Manipulation) 4 Credits 

IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics: 

An advanced course that applies motion graphics 

as an integrated interactive solution; students will 

script interaction, sequencing, and motion for

interactive projects. Optimization is a critical consideration 

in the creation of the user-centered experience. 

(Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals 

of Interactive Design) 4 Credits 

IM2480 - Digital Video Production: 

Students will demonstrate knowledge of editing 

using non-linear editing software and hardware 

in a computer lab. Students will produce and 

edit video and audio using digital desktop video 

techniques. (Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction 

to Video) 4 Credits 

IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting: 

An advanced course that applies motion graphics 

as an integrated interactive solution; students 

will script interaction, sequencing, and motion 

for interactive projects. Optimization is a critical 

consideration in the creation of the user-centered 

experience. (Prerequisite: IM2470 - Interactive 

Motion Graphics) 4 Credits 

IM3411 - Writing For Interactive Design: 

This is a specialized writing course for interactive 

design. Students will learn the unique characteristics 

and techniques of media writing and apply 

them to interactive media production. Students 

will also learn to conduct research for media writing 

projects. (Prerequisite: none) 

4 Credits 

IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages: 

Students will refi ne dynamic scripting skills to develop 

complex interactivity and applications (applets). 

The course also examines client-side forms 

in conjunction with server-side scripting applications. 


Scripting Languages) **This course requires a “C” 


IM3460 - Intermediate Authoring: 

This course will build on the skills taught in the 

Introduction to Authoring class. Students will design 

production quality interactive presentations 

using intermediate-level scripting techniques 

focusing on good user interface design and usability. 

(Prerequisite: IM2460 - Introduction to 

Authoring) 4 Credits 

IM4420 - Dynamic Web Applications: 

Students apply user-centered design principles, 

database structures and server side scripting 

to design and develop content for server-based 

dynamic delivery. Attention will be paid to design 

issues relating to the display of dynamic content 

on the screen and how that dynamic content will 

be delivered. (Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced 

Scripting Languages) **This course requires a “C” 


IM4440 - Usability Evaluation: 

This course introduces students to concepts and 

techniques used in usability evaluation. Through 

theories presented in the course, students learn 

ways to research, design, implement, and analyze 

evaluation of interactive projects. (Prerequisite: 


IM4470 - E-Learning Design & Applications: 

This course will introduce students to the 

principles of instructional design as applied to 

e-learning. The course introduces different options 

for authoring tools, principles of effective 

design, instructional analysis, and production 

of e-learning materials. Students design, build, 

evaluate, and revise instructional applications 

using industry standard authoring systems. 


Scripting Languages) 4 Credits 

IM4480 - Web Design & Interactive 

Media Production Team: 

This course focuses on the interactive design 

project management process. The development 

of the project team as key to the successful 

achievement of interactive design project goals 

is stressed. The process examines the main 

elements required in every proposal/plan, time 

frame, and budget. The course also examines issues 

of copyright and intellectual property as they 

relate to project implementation. (Prerequisites: 

IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages and 

IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting) 4 Credits 

IM4490 - Special Topics in Web Design 

& Interactive Media: 

Topics are based upon important trends and developments 

in Web Design & Interactive Media. 

Lectures, demonstrations, or research reports 

pertaining to areas of interest in Web Design 

& Interactive Media are presented by resident 

faculty, expert visitors, and working professionals. 

Group projects may also be assigned. Study 

and discussion of computer hardware, operating 

systems, networking, programming languages, 

interactive digital media, streaming media, entrepreneurship, 

marketing, workgroup organization, 

and the interactive industry. (Prerequisites: 

IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting and 

IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages and 

IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring) 4 Credits 

71

FACULTY 

Many of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota faculty members 

are working professionals with impressive 

achievements in their fi eld. 

Advertising Faculty 

Patrick Faricy (Adjunct) 

M.B.A., University of California - Irvine; B.F.A., 

Art Center College of Design - Pasadena, CA 

Anthony Giordano (Adjunct) 

M.A., Columbia University; B.A., State 

University of New York - Buffalo 

Chris Harrison (Adjunct) 

B.F.A., Columbus College of Art and Design 

Jennifer Hood (Full-time) 

M.Phil., University of Glasgow - Scotland; 

B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University 

Rebecca John (Part-time) 

M.A., University of Phoenix Online; B.A., 

University of St. Thomas 

°Jennifer McDowell (Full-time) 

Advertising / Design Management 

Academic Director 

M.B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities; 

B.A., University of Virginia - Charlottesville 

Jim Paulos (Full-time) 

M.S., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities; 

B.S., University of Wisconsin - Madison 

Jim Ullyot (Adjunct) 

M.B.A., Harvard University; 

A.B., Harvard College 

Rachel Whisenant (Full-time) 

M.B.A., Westminster College; 

B.A., Bringham Young University 

Culinary Arts Faculty 

°Mike Autenrieth (Full-time) 

Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management 


B.A., Metropolitan State University; 

A.S., Johnson and Wales University 

C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel and Lodging 

Association 

Tatum Barile (Full-time) 

A.A.S., The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota 

Jessica Bartl (Part-time) 

A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America - New 

York 

Nathan Beauchamp (Full-time) 


York 

Jessica Becker (Full-time) 

B.A., Goucher College - Maryland; A.O.S., 

New England Culinary Institute 

72 

Jon Belleau (Full-time) 

Amy Carter (Full-time) 

Seth Bixby Daugherty (Full-time) 


York 

Desiree Dorwart (Full-time) 

B.A., Minnesota State University - Moorhead 

Lianna Johnson (Full-time) 

A.A.S., Minneapolis Community and Technical 

College 

Byron Korus (Full-time) 

Ed.D., Hamline University; M.A., St. Mary’s 

University - Twin Cities; B.S., North Dakota 

State University, C.E.C., A.A.C., C.C.E., 

American Culinary Federation 

Stephen Lerach (Full-time) 

Culinary Arts Assistant Academic Director 

M.L.S.; B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities 

Christina Meyer-Jax (Full-time) 

M.S., Rosalind Franklin University of Medicine 

& Science - Chicago; B.S., University of 

Minnesota - Twin Cities 

Donna Simmons (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Minnesota - Duluth 

Darrel Smith (Full-time) 

M.Ed., Phoenix University; B.S., Georgia 

State University; A.A., The Art Institute of 

Atlanta 

Hope Walburn (Part-time) 

B.A., University of Minnesota - Morris 

Pat Weber (Full-time) 

B.S., Florida International University; A.O.S., 

Culinary Institute of America - New York 

Fred Weiss (Full-time) 

B.A., University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee; 

A.S., Johnson & Wales - Rhode Island 


Faculty 

Aftab Ahmed Khokher (Adjunct) 

M.B.A., Florida Metropolitan University— 

Tampa College, Brandon; B.S.; B.G.S., 

University of Kansas; P.M.P., Project 

Management Institute 

Walter Lambert (Full-time) 

Ph.D.; M.B.A., University of Texas – Austin; 

M.S.Ch.E.; B.S.Ch.E, University of Cincinnati 

°Jennifer McDowell (Full-time) 

Advertising / Design Management 


M.B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities; 

B.A., University of Virginia - Charlottesville 

Eli Zmira (Adjunct) 

M.Arch., Newschool of Architecture and 

Design - California; B.S., University of 


Digital Film & Video 

Production Faculty 

Rolf Belgum (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of California - San Diego; 

B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities 

Benjamin Gottfried (Full-time) 

M.A., University of Wisconsin - Madison, 

B.A., St. John’s University - Minnesota 

°David Wilharm (Full-time) 

Digital Film & Video Production / Media 

Arts & Animation / Visual Effects & Motion 

Graphics Academic Director 

B.Arch., B.S., North Dakota State University 

Fashion & Retail 

Management Faculty 

Susan Dunlap (Adjunct) 

M.M.A.; B.A., Metropolitan State University 

Cari Gelle (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities 

°John Schulz (Full-time) 

Fashion & Retail Management 


B.A., University of Wisconsin - Madison 

Kelli Rae Sebwe (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Wisconsin - Madison 

Graphic Design Faculty 

James L. Dean (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University College for the Creative 

Arts - Kent, UK; B.A., Northbrook College - 

Sussex, UK 

Erika Dodge (Part-time) 

M.F.A., B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin 

Cities; A.A.S., Brown College 

Clay DuVal (Full-time) 

M.Ed., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities; B.S., University of Wisconsin - Stout 

Brendon Farley (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Boise State University; 

B.F.A., Columbus College of Art & Design 

Jim Felgate (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities; 

M.A., St. Mary’s University - Twin Cities; 

B.F.A., St. Cloud State University 

Doug Garder (Full-time) 

M.F.A., West Virginia University - 

Morgantown; B.A., Southern Illinois University 

- Edwardsville 

Peter Gaustad (Full-time) 



B.F.A., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities 

Anne George (Part-time) 

M.F.A., Rutgers University; B.F.A., School of 

the Art Institute of Chicago

Randall Holbrook (Part-time) 

J.D., Hamline University; B.A., St. Johns 

College - Maryland 

Debra Lawton (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison; 

B.S., University of Minnesota 

Lisa Loudon (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of Nebraska - Lincoln; 

B.F.A., University of Nebraska - Omaha 

Matthew Luken (Part-time) 

M.A.S.; B.S., Embry-Riddle Aeronautical 

University 

William Reynolds (Full-time) 

M.Ed., College of St. Catherine - 

St. Paul; B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art 

and Design 

Julie Streitz (Part-time) 

B.F.A., Iowa State University 

John Thomas (Full-time) 

B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design 

°Jelena Tosovic (Full-time) 

Graphic Design Academic Director 

M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities 

Doug Westendorp (Full-time) 

M.F.A., B.F.A., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities 

General Education Faculty 

°Jan Austad (Full-time) 

General Education Academic Director 

M.Ed., McGill University - Montreal; B.A., 

C.C.S., Concordia University - Montreal 

Kacie Billmark (Adjunct) 

Ph.D., University of Virginia; B.S., 

Northwestern University 

Jeff Burkett (Full-time) 

M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University - 

Mankato 

Sandra Cook (Part-time) 

M.A.; B.A., Biola University 

Paul Corts (Adjunct) 

B.S., University of Wisconsin - River Falls 

Michael Courteau (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Hamilne University; M.A., University of 

St. Mary’s - Minneapolis; B.A., University of 

Wisconsin - Madison 

Jeremy Frandrup (Full-time) 

M.A., Hamline University; 

B.A., Metropolitan State University 

Erin Hennessy (Full-time) 

M.A., University of Amsterdam; 

B.A., University of Manchester - England 

Jenny Herbst (Part-time) 

M.A., University of Minnesota; 

B.A., University de Chile - Santiago 

Satish Jayaraj (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., Hamline University; B.A., Purdue 

University 

Eric Jenson (Adjunct) 

M.S., Georgia State University; 

B.A., Carleton College 

Jeremy Lawson (Full-time) 

M.S., University of Tennessee; B.S.; B.S., 

Marshall University - Huntington, WV 

Barb Ludins (Adjunct) 

M.A., Alder Graduate School; 


Ed McBride (Full-time) 

M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University - 

Mankato; 

Lisa McDaniel (Adjunct) 

M.A., St. Mary’s University - Minneapolis; 

M.A., Southern Methodist University - 

Dallas; B.A., University of Illinois - Urbana 

Laura Moyer (Adjunct) 

M.A., University of St. Thomas; 


Tim Nagle (Part-time) 

Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota-Twin 

Cities; B.S., Northern Michigan University; 

B.S., Oregon State University 

Dana Nissen (Full-time) 

Ph.D., Graduate Theological Foundation - 

Indiana; Th.M., Lutheran School of Theology 

- Chicago; M.Div., Luther Northwestern 

Theological Seminary; B.A., University of 


Sarah Orman (Full-time) 

M.A., Hamline University; 


Renae Sauter (Part-time) 



Cecelia Stanton (Adjunct) 

M.A., Lehigh University; 

B.A., Bloomfi eld College 

Tony Steblay (Part-time) 

M.F.A., B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities 

Christopher Title (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Hamline University; 


B.A., Northern Arizona State University, 

Flagstaff 

Deborah Weiss (Full-time) 

B.A., St. Cloud State University 

Hospitality Management 

Faculty 

°Mike Autenrieth (Full-time) 

Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management 


B.A., Metropolitan State University; 

A.S., Johnson and Wales University 

C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel and Lodging 

Association 

Natalie Goldston (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Wisconsin – River Fall 

Interior Design and 

Interior Planning with 

AutoCAD Faculty 

Jessica Ainsworth-Truong (Full-time) 

M.Arch.; B.A.., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities; LEED AP Legacy 

Marissa Alexander (Adjunct) 

M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities 

Jeremiah Battles (Adjunct) 


Cities 

°Gina Carlson (Full-time) 

Interior Design Academic Director 

M.Arch.; B.S., University of Minnesota - 

Twin Cities; M.B.A., St. Edwards University; 

NCIDQ® Certifi cate #005711 

Johanna Friendshuh (Full-time) 

B.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities; NCIDQ® Certifi cate #022246 

Maria Garrido Santos (Full-time) 

M.L.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – 

Twin Cities; A.S., The Art Institute of Fort 

Lauderdale; NCIDQ® Certifi cate #205507 

Korrin Lohmann (Full-time) 

B.S., The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota 

Amy Meller (Part-time) 


Cities; LEED AP Legacy 

Justin Merkovich (Adjunct) 

M.Arch.; B.F.A., University of Minnesota - 

Twin Cities 

Beata Morris (Full-time) 


Minnesota 

Chad Stamps (Adjunct) 

M.Arch., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities; 

B.A., Hamline University 

Elsa Wenz (Part-time) 


Minnesota 

Dan Whittaker (Full-time) 


Cities; LEED AP Legacy; NCIDQ® Certifi cate 

#021217 

73

Jill Winkler (Adjunct) 


Cities 

Eli Zmira (Adjunct) 

M.Arch., Newschool of Architecture and 

Design - California; B.S., University of 


Media Arts & Animation 

Faculty 

Jonathan Dege (Full-time) 


Minnesota 

Shannon Gilley (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities 

Steve Paul (Full-time) 

B.A., University of Iowa - Iowa City 

Lafe Smith (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design; 

B.A., University of Iowa 


Academic Director Digital Film & Video 

Production / Media Arts & Animation / 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 


Photography Faculty 

Kristine Heykants (Part-time) 

M.A., University of Iowa; 

B.F.A., Iowa State University 

Caroline Houdek (Adjunct) 


B.F.A., College of Visual Arts 

Brett Kallusky (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art; B.F.A., 

University of Wisconsin - River Falls 

Anthony Marchetti (Full-time) 


B.F.A., Gustavus Adolphus College 

°Colleen Mullins (Full-time) 

Photography Academic Director 

M.F.A, University of Minnesota - Twin Cities; 

B.A., San Francisco State University 

Becky Olstad (Full-time) 

M.S., Boston University; B.A., University of 

Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Rich Ryan (Adjunct) 


Martin Springborg (Adjunct) 

M.F.A.; B.F.A., University of Minnesota - Twin 

Cities 

Sarah Whiting (Part-time) 

M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design; 

B.G.S., University of Michigan 

74 

Visual Effects & Motion 

Graphics Faculty 

Michael Heagle (Full-time) 

B.F.A., University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee 

Jason Ho (Part-time) 

B.A., St. Olaf College 

Andrew Shea (Part-time) 



Academic Director Digital Film & Video 

Production / Media Arts & Animation / 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 


Web Design & Interactive 

Media Faculty 

Tim Armato (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and 

Design; B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College 

Douglas Brull (Full-time) 


Minnesota; B.F.A., University of Wisconsin - 

Oshkosh 

Derrin Evers (Adjunct) 


Minnesota 

James Horwitz (Full-time) 

M.F.A.; M.A., University of Wisconsin - 

Madison; B.A., University of Connecticut 

John Keston (Full-time) 


Ken Korth (Full-time) 


B.F.A., Brigham Young University - Provo 

°Dana Nybo (Full-time) 

Web Design & Interactive Media 


B.A., Winona State University; A.A., Anoka- 

Ramsey Community College 

Yuriy Sherayzen (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities, 


ADMINISTRATION 


Minnesota staff members are 

committed to students and to 

providing quality, outcome oriented 

education. 

PRESIDENT’S OFFICE 

William A. Johnson 

President 

612-656-6863 

Jeanne Theberath 

Executive Assistant 

612-656-6863 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Susan Tarnowski 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota - Twin Cities 

Dean of Academic Affairs 

612-656-6860 

Amber Galer 

Academic Affairs Assistant 

612-656-7861 

Jan Austad 

General Education Academic Director 

612-656-7512 

Mike Autenrieth 

Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management 


612-656-6819 

Gina Carlson 

Interior Design Academic Director 

612-656-7565 

Steve Lerach 

Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management 

Assistant Academic Director 

612-656-6934 

Jennifer McDowell 

Advertising/Design Management 


612-656-6981 

Colleen Mullins 

Photography Academic Director 

612-656-6852 

Dana Nybo 



612-656-6901 

John Schulz 

Fashion & Retail Management 


612-656-6872 

Jelena Tosovic 

Graphic Design Academic Director 

612-656-6966

David Wilharm 

Digital Film & Video Production/Media 

Arts & Animation/Visual Effects & Motion 

Graphics Academic Director 

612-656-6954 

Terry Williams 

Director of Assessment 

612-656-6867 

Andrea Benedict 

Plus Lead 

612-656-7532 

Michelle Bean 

612-656-6883 

Tarah Bjorklund 

612-656-7564 

Claire Hilgeman 

612-656-7520 

Steve O’Brien 

612-656-6815 

Bavi Weston 

612-656-7560 

Academic Advisors 

Steve Liska 

M.L.S., Louisiana State University 

Librarian 

612-656-6827 

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE 

Desiree Boie 

Registrar 

612-656-6837 

Erin Richards 

Record Assistant 

612-656-6834 

Julie Bergeron 

Attendance Coordinator 

612-656-6880 

TECHNOLOGY 

Greg Lockhart 

Director of Technology 

612-656-6841 

Nikki Austin 

Technology Support Supervisor 

612-656-6821 

Mark Thomes 

Sr. Desktop and Media Resources Analyst 

612-656-6826 

Jim Bozic 

Desktop Analyst 

612-656-6831 

Michael Guille 

Desktop Analyst 

612-656-6986 

Andrew Schroeder 

Media Resources Coordinator 

612-656-6807 

Administrative and 

Financial Services 

Jakki Edwards 

Director of Administrative 

and Financial Services 

612-656-6859 

Jeffrey Lee 

Accounting Supervisor 

612-656-6845 

Crysta Weidmann 

General Accountant 

612-656-6832 

Clint Lambeth 

Collector 

612-656-6985 

Lydia Zabar 

Accounting Assistant 

612-656-6944 

Barry Rosenman 

Supply Store Manager 

612-656-6864 

Erik Thompson 

Print Service Manager 

612-656-6824 

Student Financial Services 

Bonnie Burgoyne 

Director of Student Financial Services 

612-656-6839 

Craig McCoy 

Associate Director of Student 


612-656-6843 

Rebekah Martin 

Associate Director of Student 

Financial Services for New Students 

612-656-6879 

Kimberly Steele 

Assistant Director of Student 


612-656-6876 

Angela Anderson 

612-656-6828 

Lena Collister 

612-656-6959 

Jena Karlen 

612-332-3361 

Natalie Lynch 

612-656-6833 

Alisha Rawana 

612-656-6828 

Jason Twombly 

612-656-6842 

Tiffany Williams 

612-656-6838 

Financial Aid Offi cers 

Amy Learn 

Loan Coordinator 

612-656-7541 

Jamie Gordon 

Student Financial Services 

Administrative Assistant 

612-656-6828 

Human Resources 

Patrick Chen 

Director of Human Resources 

612-656-6848 

Susie Charais 

Human Resources Generalist 

612-656-6847 

Facilities 

Tony Voelker 

Facilities Manager 

612-656-7555 

Daniel Odole 

Maintenance Supervisor 

612-656-6878 

Anne Cronquist 

Frank Kammerer 

Ben Laski 

Keil Lennie 

Robert Smith 

Khamisi Whittler 

Custodians 

612-656-6878 

Basher Elwagi 

Momo Lawson 

Gloria Robison 

Connor Siegel 

Security 

612-656-5555 

Career Services 

Becky Bates 

Director of Career Services 

612-656-6854 

Jodi Gruenwald 

Assistant Director of Career Services 

612-656-6851 

Susan Wirth 

Senior Career Services Advisor 

612-656-6850 

Alma Garza 

612-656-6962 

Carrie Stankey 

612-656-6855 

Career Services Advisors 

Melinda Wolff 

Alumni Coordinator/ 

Administrative Assistant 

612-656-7544 

75

Sarah Mraz 

Student Employment Advisor 

612-656-6849 

Student Affairs 

Pam Boersig 

Dean of Student Affairs 

612-656-6865 

Rob Anderson 

Director of Residence Life and Housing 

612-656-6835 

Teresa Hash 

Residence Life Coordinator 

Becky Lothe 

Counselor/Disability Services Coordinator 

612-656-6866 

Julie Kesterke 

Student Development Coordinator 

612-656-6892 

Admissions 

Mary Strand 

Senior Director of Admissions 

612-656-6820 

Jeff Mammenga 

612-656-6803 

Deborah Andreivich 

612-656-7566 

Directors of Admissions 

Ivy Arnett 

612-656-6874 

Leo Ballard 

612-332-3361 

Jason Chinander 

612-656-6814 

Leah Conn 

612-656-6871 

Andy Covert 

612-656-6805 

Jay Edwards 

612-656-6882 

Sofi a Farone 

612-656-7567 

Tracy Fourness 

612-332-3361 

Sherry Hanson 

612-656-6810 

Aaron Heiner 

612-656-6812 

Amanda Leininger 

612-656-7540 

76 

Michael Miller 

612-656-6870 

Nick Mueller 

612-656-7568 

Danielle Munro 

612-656-7561 

Kris Pearson 

612-656-6806 

Jesse Reed 

612-656-6884 

Ashley Schmillen 

612-656-6907 

Yer Sumner 

612-656-6960 

Julie Voshel 

612-656-6977 

LeAnna Wangerin 

612-656-6809 

Assistant Directors of Admissions 

Jack May 

Assistant Director of Re-Admissions 

612-656-6829 

Hannah Hedegard 

Enrollment Processor 

612-656-6963 

Izy Follansbee 

Offi ce Manager 

612-656-6817 

Melissa Giacomini 

Senior Admissions Coordinator 

612-656-6804 

Charla Hudlow 

612-656-6802 

Angie Kukielka 

612-656-6818 

Pleasant Lucas 

612-656-6804 

Andrea Renaud 

612-656-6823 

Admissions Coordinators 

Matthew Johnson 

Mailroom Coordinator 

612-656-6822 

Amy Williams 

Receptionist 

612-656-6800 

Public Relations 

Anjila Kozel 

Director of Communications 

612-656-6862 


INTERNATIONAL 

MINNESOTA BOARD 

OF TRUSTEES 

Jerry Kaminski - Chair 

Vice President - General Manager of 

Foodservice Land O Lakes 

Dorothy Fenwick, Ph.D. 

Board Member 

President, Association of Commissions 

Linda Hunter 

Board Member 

Vice President, Human Resources 

The Art Institutes 

John Knepper 

Board Member 

Private Consultant 

James F. Palermo 

Board Member 

Vice President, Admissions, Education 

Management Corporation 

William A. Johnson 

Ex-Offi cio 

President, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota 


BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

The Art Institutes International LLC 

has a three-member Board of 

Directors, located at 210 Sixth 

Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15222. 

The members are John R. 

McKernan, Jr., Edward H. 

West and John M. Mazzoni.

GENERAL 

INFORMATION 

ADMISSIONS 

CAMPUS VISIT 

Prospective students are encouraged to 

visit The Art Institutes International Minnesota, 

although a visit is not a condition for 

submitting the Application for Admission 

and the Enrollment Agreement. Arrangements 

for an interview and tour of the 

campus may be made by contacting: 

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS 


INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA 

15 SOUTH 9TH STREET 

MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402 

612-332-3361 OR 

TOLL-FREE: 1-800-777-3643 

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS 

All applicants are admitted into The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota based 

on the following criteria: 

• An official copy of high school 

transcripts from an accredited 

educational institution or a GED 

certificate including proof of 

graduation. 

• A minimum high school GPA of 1.5 or 

a GED certificate including proof of 

graduation if an applicant is applying 

for a Certificate, Associate’s, and 

Diploma degree program. 

• A minimum High School GPA of 2.0 

or a GED certificate including proof of 

graduation if an applicant is applying 

for a bachelors degree program. 

• A minimum High School GPA of 2.0 

if an applicant is applying for an 

Associate’s degree or Bachelor’s 

degree and is taking online courses. 

The following will also be considered: 

Portfolio, or body of work in their program 

of interest, successful completion of placement 

exam, norm referenced exams like 

the ACT, and successful completion of 

post secondary education. High school seniors 

who have not yet graduated should 

submit a partial transcript that indicates 

their expected graduation date. 

Students who have completed high school 

or its equivalent, yet cannot provide the 

necessary documentation, may provide 

alternate documentation to satisfy this requirement. 


Minnesota President or designee must 

approve all exceptions. A student may 

submit proof of an Associate’s degree that 

is fully transferable to a Bachelor’s degree 

from any accredited post-secondary 

school to satisfy the high school or GED 

requirement. 

ENROLLMENT PROCEDURE 

An application for admission must be 

completed, signed by the applicant and 

sent to The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

with a $50 application fee. As part 

of the application, the applicant is required 

to independently conceive and write an 

essay of approximately 150 words stating 

how his/her education at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will help attain 

his/her career goals. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota also requires a 

high school transcript or GED scores. A 

student may submit proof of a degree from 

any accredited post-secondary school to 

satisfy the high school or GED requirement. 

Applicants must submit a completed 

enrollment agreement and are assessed 

a $100 enrollment fee which is due within 

10 days of submitting an application. Applicants 

not accepted for admission will 

receive a full refund of all fees paid. 

Each school quarter is typically 11 weeks. 

The quarterly tuition and fees charged are 

subject to adjustment annually. Students 

are given a notice of 90 days in the event 

of an adjustment. 

The starting kit is optional and consists of 

basic equipment, first-quarter textbooks 

and materials required for beginning each 

program. A list of the components of the 

starting kit is provided to each enrolled 

student. These materials may be purchased 

at The Art Institute or at most 

supply stores. 


reserves the right to schedule or reschedule 

classes to accommodate classroom 

and facility usage. 

INTERNATIONAL 

ADMISSIONS POLICY 

All international (nonimmigrant) applicants 

to The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

must meet the same admissions 

standards as all other students (Please 

refer to Admissions Requirements for all 

students in The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota Catalog). 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

PROFICIENCY POLICY 

All applicants to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota whose first language is 

not English must demonstrate competence 

in the English language. Demonstration 

that English is an applicant’s “first” language 

can be satisfied if the applicant submits 

a diploma from secondary school (or 

above) in a system in which English is the 

official language of instruction. If English 

is not the applicant’s “first” language, the 

applicant will need to meet the minimum 

English Language Proficiency standard 

through submission of an official minimum 

score on the written Test of English as a 

Foreign Language (TOEFL) or its TOEFL 

Internet (iBT) equivalent. A minimum score 

of 480 on the written TOEFL is required 

for diploma programs. A minimum of 500 

on the written TOEFL or 61 on the TOEFL 

Internet (iBT) is required for all associate 

and bachelor’s level degree programs. 

Applicants should contact the Admissions 

Offi ce to determine other examinations for 

which offi cial scores, equivalent to TOEFL, 

are acceptable as an alternative to TOEFL. 

The above stated English language 

profi ciency requirements are 

effective November 1, 2004. 

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS 

FOR NONIMMIGRANT STUDENTS 

Applicants seeking to enroll in valid 

student nonimmigrant status must submit 

each of the following items: 

• A completed and signed Application 

for Admission Form including required 

essay; 

• A completed and signed Enrollment 

Agreement; 

• Original or official copies of all 

educational transcripts (high school 

and, if applicable, university level 

academic records) and diplomas. 

These educational transcripts and 

diplomas must be prepared in English 

or include a complete and official 

English translation; 

• Official credential evaluation of non- 

American educational credentials, if 

applicable. 

• Proof of English language proficiency 

(see English language proficiency 

policy); 

77

• A completed and signed Sponsor’s 

Statement of Financial Support; 

(This statement is not required if the 

student is self-sponsored;) 

• Official Financial Statements. 

Financial statements (typically 

provided by a bank) must verify 

sufficient funds to cover the cost of 

the educational program as well as all 

living expenses; 

• A U.S. $50 non-refundable 

application fee and a U.S. $100 

refundable tuition deposit; 

• A photocopy of the student’s 

passport to provide proof of birth 

date and citizenship (Students 

outside the United States who have 

not yet acquired a passport will 

need to submit a copy of their birth 

certificate); 

• For all nonimmigrant applicants 

residing in the United States at the 

time of application: a photocopy 

of the visa page contained within 

the student’s passport as well as a 

photocopy of the student’s I/94 arrival 

departure record (both sides); 

• For all nonimmigrant applicants 

residing in the United States at the 

time of application in either F, M, or J 

non-immigrant classification: written 

confirmation of nonimmigrant status 

at previous school attended before 

transferring to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota; 

• Proof of Health Insurance. Students 

who do not possess health insurance 

upon applying to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota must 

be prepared to purchase health 

insurance through an approved 

provider upon commencement of 

studies. 

If an applicant seeking to enroll in valid 

student nonimmigrant status is transferring 

from a college or university in the United 

States, the International Student Transfer 

Clearance Form is also required. 

If the applicant is accepted, he/she will be 

sent additional information regarding the 

student visa application process. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota is autho- 

78 

rized under federal law to admit nonimmigrant 

students. 

ORIENTATION 

At the start of each quarter, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota hosts an 

orientation program for all new students 

and their parents. Students are advised 

of the date, time, and events. Attendance 

is recommended for all new students and 

parents are encouraged to attend. 

Incoming students participate in the College’s 

Student Inventory. Based on this 

assessment, a student success plan may 

be implemented in order to support the 

student’s success. 

STUDENT ID CARDS 

Students are required to keep on their 

person their Student ID card issued by 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

Students must present their student ID to 

Security Guards upon entering buildings. 

Certain entrances and doors are kept 

locked at all times; student ID cards are 

used to access these locations through the 

use of the electronic lock. 

Student ID cards are also used to check 

out material in the library and equipment 

cage. ID cards are also required to receive 

any official student documentation. 

If a student loses his or her ID card he/she 

must immediately report the loss or theft to 

the Cage. There is a $15 replacement fee. 

FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 


includes over 100,000 square feet at our 

locations at 15 South 9th Street and 800 

Hennepin Avenue in Minneapolis, Minnesota 

55402. In addition to classrooms, 

students will find studios, laboratories, 

offices, student lounges, a learning 

resource center, and an exhibition gallery. 


maintains an art supply store and printing 

service center for the convenience of 

students. The year-round class size for The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota averages 

approximately 21 students. Rarely 

would lecture classes exceed 45 or lab 

classes exceed 30 students. Equipment 

provided at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is specific to the program of 

study and includes computers, workstations, 

printers, as well as photo, video, 

and audio equipment. The college is not 

responsible for loss or damage of student 

property, including artwork or photos. 

PLACEMENT EVALUATIONS 

Standardized placement evaluations are 

used at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota as a means to place students 

in the appropriate Transitional or college 

level Mathematics or English course. 

(See Academic Affairs for a description of 

Transitional Studies.) Placement scores 

are not used to determine admission to 

the college. There are three assessments 

tests students may use; ACCUPLACER, 

ACT and SAT. SAT and ACT scores are 

considered to be valid for up to five years 

after the date of completing the evaluations. 

Students found to need assistance 

based on the placement evaluation will be 

required to enroll in appropriate Transitional 

Studies courses offered by the college. 

Such courses are four credits in length 

and are charged at the current per-credit 

charge and do not count towards the 

required credits for graduation. 

ACCUPLACER 

Students who score at least 57 in Mathematics 

and 87 in the Sentence Skills sections 

of the ACCUPLACER may be placed 

in the college level Mathematics or English 

course. Scoring below 57 in Mathematics 

or 87 in Sentence Skills will place a student 

in the appropriate Transitional Studies 

course. Students are only allowed to take 

the ACCUPLACER test a maximum of two 

times in each area. 

ACT 

Students who score at least 18 in each 

section of the ACT will be placed in the 

appropriate college level English or Mathematics 

course. Scoring less than 18 in 

any given section will require the student 

to take the Accuplacer Assessment Placement 

prior to entering College level English 

or Mathematics. 

SAT 

Students who score at least 450 in each 

section of the SAT will be placed in the 

appropriate college level English or Mathematics 

course. Scoring less than 450 in 

any given section will require the student 

to take the Accuplacer Assessment Placement 

prior to entering College level English 

or Mathematics. 

For placement test scoring requirements 

and options, please speak with an Assistant 

Director of Admissions or the Academic 

Director of General Education. 

Note: students intending to enroll in 

certificate programs at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota are not required to 

complete the Accuplacer. 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 


does not discriminate on the basis of 

race, genetic marker, gender, creed, color, 

age, ancestry, sexual orientation, religion, 

national origin, sex, disability, or any other 

characteristic protected by state, local, or 

federal law. Enrollees requiring additional

educational or tuition assistance will be 

referred to appropriate government agencies 

or other special educational institutions 

equipped to handle such situations. 

For information, please contact the Office 

of Admissions. 


reserves the right to request any additional 

information necessary to evaluate an applicant’s 

potential for academic success. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL 

SERVICES 

Student Financial Services assists students 

and their families with financial plans 

to help ensure students’ completion of 

their programs. Financial Aid Officers from 

this department also help in the completion 

of federal and state applications for 

grants and loans. Once students’ eligibility 

for financial aid is determined, students 

receive help to develop plans for meeting 

educational expenses. 

FEDERAL REFUND POLICY 

(TITLE IV FUNDS) 

The return of Title IV Refund Policy applies 

to any student who receives Title IV funding 

and withdraws. The withdraw process 

is defined as occurring when a student 

notifies in written or oral form, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota of his 

or her intent to withdraw. Whether or not 

notification is given or whether or not the 

student begins the withdrawal process, 


will determine the date of withdrawal as 

the date the student ceased attendance. 

The Return of Title IV formula determines 

the amount of Title IV funds a student has 

earned at the time the student ceases attendance 

and the amount of Title IV funds 

a student must return. 

The amount of Title IV funds earned by a 

student is based on the amount of time 

spent in attendance by the student for 

that term. The amount of Title IV funds a 

student earns is a proportional calculation 

based on the amount of time the student 

attends school through 60 percent of the 

term. If a student ceases to attend school 

after 60 percent of the term, the student 

earns 100 percent of the Title IV funds. If 

the amount of Title IV grant or loan funds 

dispersed is greater than the amount a 

student earned, unearned funds must be 

returned. If the amount the student was 

dispersed is less than the amount the 

student earned, the student is eligible to 

receive a post-withdrawal disbursement in 

the amount of earned aid not received but 

otherwise eligible. 

TITLE IV FUNDS DISTRIBUTION 

POLICY 

Return of Title IV funds will be distributed 

as follows: 

1. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans 

2. Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans 

3. Federal PLUS Loans 

4. Federal Pell Grant 

5. Federal ACG Grant 

6. Federal SMART Grant 

7. Federal SEOG 

NON FEDERAL 

REFUND POLICY 

Refunds for state aid programs and 

non-state aid programs are calculated 

on a proportional basis using the State 

mandated or institutional refund policy. To 

calculate the minimum refund due to the 

Minnesota State Grant program, the SELF 

Loan Program, and other aid programs, 

with the exception of the State Work Study 

Program, the Minnesota Office of Higher 

Education Refund Calculation Worksheet, 

Appendix 14, of the Minnesota State Grant 

manual is used. 

BUYER’S RIGHT TO CANCEL 

Each student will be notified of acceptance/rejection 

in writing. In the event a 

student is rejected, all tuition, fees, and 

other charges will be refunded. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if 

a student gives written notice of cancellation 

within five business days of the 

execution of the contract or day on which 

the student is accepted, then a complete 

refund is given regardless of whether the 

program has started. 

If a student gives a written notice of 

cancellation after five business days of the 

execution of the contract or day on which 

the student is accepted, but before the 

start of the program by The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota, then all tuition, 

fees, and other charges, except 15 percent 

of the total cost of the program (15 percent 

not to exceed $50.00) shall be refunded to 

the student. 

If a student gives written notice of cancellation 

after the start of the period of 

instruction for which the student has been 

charged, but before completion of 75 

percent of the period of instruction, then 

student is assessed a pro rata portion of 

tuition, fees and all other charges based 

on the number of days in the term plus 

25 percent of the total program cost (25 

percent not to exceed $100.00.) 

Any notice of cancellation shall be acknowledged 

in writing within 10 business 

days of receipt of such notice and all 

refunds shall be forwarded to the student 

within 30 business days of receipt of such 

notice. This refund policy is not linked to 

any student conduct policy and any promissory 

instrument shall not be negotiated 

prior to the completion of 50 percent of 

the course. 

Written notice of cancellation shall take 

place on the date the letter of cancellation 

is postmarked, or, in the case where 

the notice is hand carried, it shall occur 

on the date the notice is delivered to The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota. The 

date of execution of the enrollment agreement 

shall be presumed to be the date of 

delivery of the notice of acceptance, and 

if delivered by mail, the postmark dates of 

the letter of acceptance. 

Examples of the calculations for policy are 

available in the Student Accounting office. 


may change the refund policy when 

federal, state, or other policies change. 

Students will be given 60 days notice of 

any change. 

NON-PAYMENT 

OF CHARGES 

Non-payment of tuition, housing, fees, 

and/or other charges due to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will result in 

the student being obligated for additional 

collection costs, collection agency costs, 

and legal costs. 

In addition, we reserve the right to report 

your failure to pay amounts owed to one or 

more national credit bureau organizations 

and not release your academic transcript 

until all your debts to us are paid in full. 

FINANCIAL AID 

All students are eligible to apply for financial 

assistance under various federal and 

state programs as follows: 

• Federal Stafford Loan (Subsidized/ 

Unsubsidized) 

• Federal Pell Grant 

• Federal Academic Competitiveness 

Grant (ACG) 

• Federal SMART Grant 

• Federal Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 

• Federal Work-Study 

• Federal PLUS Loan Program 

• State-Funded Student Assistance 

Programs 

79

• Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance 

• Veteran’s Administration Benefits 

Awards under these programs are based 

on the student meeting eligibility requirements, 

individual need, the availability of 

funds, and specific program requirements. 

A number of states also offer educational 

grants. Some states permit their residents 

to use the grants at schools outside of 

the state. Contact the Student Financial 

Services office for complete details about 

financial aid resources. 

Students receiving financial assistance 

must maintain satisfactory academic progress 

standards as outlined in this catalog. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL 

ASSISTANCE 

1. All students who receive federalsponsored 

financial assistance must 

maintain satisfactory academic 

progress for financial assistance 

eligibility. 

2. State grant eligibility is based on current 

regulations as detailed on the student’s 

state grant notice. Each student should 

refer to the award notice 

or contact the Student Financial 

Services department when his or her 

status changes. 

SUSPENSION AND 

REINSTATEMENT OF 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

Students who are suspended from a 

program of study or terminated from The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota are 

ineligible for financial assistance until 

they regain admission and comply with 

Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 

requirements. 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

STUDENT APPEAL 

Students who are denied or suspended 

from financial assistance may file an appeal, 

under appropriate federal guidelines, 

with the College’s Student Financial Assistance 

Review Committee. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

REVIEW COMMITTEE 

This committee consists of the President, 

Director of Administrative and Financial 

Services, and Director of Student Financial 

Services. The committee is responsible 

for the review of all student financial-aid 

awards when there is a question regarding 

a student’s eligibility for such awards. 

Furthermore, the committee serves as an 

appeal panel when a student is denied 

80 

financial assistance under the Satisfactory 

Academic Progress Policy. 

STUDENT APPEAL PROCEDURE 

Any student who is denied financial assistance 

under The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota’s Satisfactory Academic 

Progress Policy has the right to appeal 

such a decision, according to the following 

procedure:The Student: 

1. Writes a letter to the attention of 


Minnesota’s Director of Student 

Financial Services that details all 

mitigating circumstances. This letter 

must be received within 10 days after 

notification of financial-aid denial. 

2. Attaches any documents that give 

justification or reason for the student’s 

situation leading to the denial of 

financial assistance. 

3. May request a personal appearance 

before the Student Financial 

Assistance Review Committee. 

The Review Committee: 

1. Secures a copy of the student’s 

academic and financial-aid records. 

2. May request the appearance of the 

student to clarify any materials/ 

statements presented by the student. 

3. Reviews all materials presented by 

the student and available from the 

college, and renders a final decision 

regarding the student’s financial 

assistance status. 

VETERANS’ INFORMATION 

The College is approved by the Minnesota 

State Approving Agency for veterans’ 

educational benefits and may receive assistance 

in the filing of appropriate forms 

from the Registrar’s office. These students 

must maintain satisfactory attendance and 

academic progress as outlined in this catalog. 

Make-up work is not permitted for the 

purpose of receiving Veteran’s Administration 

training allowances. 

SCHOLARSHIP & GRANT 

INFORMATION 

The Art Institutes system of schools, of 

which The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

is a member, offers various merit 

and competitive scholarships, including 

the following: 

PASSION FOR FASHION 2010 

TUITION SCHOLARSHIPS 

AWARDED 

Tuition Scholarships Awarded 

LOCAL 

Local First Place Winner 

$3,000 tuition scholarship 

NATIONAL 

First Place: 

Full tuition scholarship 

Second Place: 

Half tuition scholarship 

Third Place: 

One-Third tuition scholarship 

National tuition scholarships will be awarded 

in addition to local prizes except when 

a winner receives a full tuition scholarship. 

Graduating high school students who 

are interested in entering the Fashion & 

Retail Management program are eligible to 

compete for a tuition scholarship. Tuition 

scholarships are non-transferable. 

To learn more, visit: www.artinstitutes.edu/ 

competitions/PassionforFashion.aspx. 

THE ART INSTITUTES AND 

AMERICANS FOR THE 

ARTS POSTER DESIGN 

COMPETITION 2010 


LOCAL LEVEL: 

Local first place winner 


Local second place winner 


NATIONAL LEVEL: 

First place: 


Second place: 


Third place: 


Fourth place: 


Fifth place: 


Sixth place: 


Seventh place: 


Eighth place: 


Ninth place: 

$3,000 tuition scholarship

Tenth place: 


Eleventh place: 


Twelfth place: 

$500 tuition scholarship 


in addition to local tuition scholarships. 

All tuition scholarships must be 

used at the location the student represents 

in the competition. Tuition 

scholarships are non-transferable. 

All decisions made by judges are 

fi nal and may not be disputed. 

To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes. 

edu/Competitions/BestPoster.aspx 

BEST TEEN CHEF 

COMPETITION 2010 TUITION 

SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDED: 

LOCAL 



NATIONAL 

First Place 

full-tuition scholarship 

(awarded evenly over all quarters) 

Second Place 

Half-tuition scholarship 


Third Place 

Quarter-tuition scholarship 


Fourth Place 


Fifth Place 


Sixth Place 


Seventh Place 


Eighth Place 


Ninth Place 


All remaining contestants 





All tuition scholarships are awarded toward 

a degree program. All tuition scholarships 

must be used at the location the student 

represents in the competition. 

Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. 

To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes.edu/ 

Competitions/BestTeenChef.aspx 


PHOTOGRAPHIC 

SCHOLARSHIP 2010 


LOCAL 


$3,000 tuition scholarship and the opportunity 

to advance to the National Photographic 

Competition 

NATIONAL 

First Place: 

Full tuition scholarship 

Second Place: 

Half tuition scholarship 

Third Place: 

One-Third tuition scholarship 




Graduating high school students who are 

interested in entering the Photography 

program are eligible to compete for a 

tuition scholarship. Tuition scholarships are 

non-transferable. 

To learn more, visit: http://www. 

artinstitutes.edu/competitions 

EVELYN KEEDY MEMORIAL 

SCHOLARSHIP 

High school seniors who show dedication 

to their education and a desire for a 

creative career may apply for the Evelyn 

Keedy Memorial Scholarship through The 

Art Institutes. This is a $30,000 tuition 

scholarship. Details and applications may 

be obtained by contacting The Art Institute 

location of your choice or calling 1-800- 

275-2440. Deadline is May 1, 2009. 

SCHOLARSHIP GUIDELINES 

An applicant must be a senior at a high 

school located within the United States. 

Deadline for entry is May 1, 2010. The 

winner will be notified by June 2, 2010 and 

must accept the scholarship offer by June 

16, 2010. An offer not accepted by that 

date will be rescinded and offered to the 

first runner-up. 

ENTRY PREPARATION 

Applicants for the scholarship must 

submit: 

• A completed entry form indicating 

the College and program of study 

desired. 

• An official high school transcript 

indicating current grade point average 

and class rank. 

• A letter of recommendation from a 

guidance counselor or teacher. 

• A letter of recommendation from an 

employer, club sponsor, coach, or 

community service leader. 

• A typed résumé stating educational 

background, extracurricular activities, 

hobbies, work experience, community 

involvement, and awards. 

• A 200-word essay about their career 

choice and why they have chosen it. 

JUDGING 

A team of Admissions and High school 

program staff will select the winner and 

two runners-up. Decisions will be final. 

WINNER’S OBLIGATIONS 

The scholarship recipient must begin his or 

her program of study in the summer or fall 

quarter following high school graduation. 

The recipient must not interrupt his or her 

studies; interruption of studies will result 

in loss of the scholarship. The scholarship 

will be suspended in quarters when the 

recipient’s cumulative grade point average 

falls below 2.5. 

ENTRY MATERIALS 

All entry materials become the property of 

The Art Institutes. The judging team is not 

responsible for loss, damage, or return of 

entry materials. 

OTHER CONDITIONS 

The scholarship will be awarded only to 

a student who has been admitted to his 

or her chosen Art Institute location. In the 

event that the scholarship recipient’s education 

is terminated either by the student 

or the College, the scholarship becomes 

null and void. The scholarship is not 

redeemable for cash and may not be used 

to finance optional programs sponsored 

by the College. The scholarship covers 

two academic years’ tuition (six quarters) 

only and may not be applied against fees, 

housing, living expenses, or program supplies, 

and may not be transferred between 

affiliate schools. 

Other Options: Do not plan to finance 

your education by anticipating a scholarship. 

You may want to apply for financial 

assistance either through The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota or the federal and 

state governments. Additionally, many 

local and national service clubs, civic 

groups, and organizations, such as DECA 

and VICA, sponsor scholarships. Contact 

these organizations for details and application 

guidelines. 

81



MERIT AND NEED 

SCHOLARSHIP 

The Art Institutes Merit and Need Award 

is a quarterly scholarship and is given to 

students who have demonstrated financial 

need and have earned at least a 2.5 

cumulative GPA during their high school or 

college education. 

Awards will also be considered for those 

students who have a cumulative GPA of 

2.2 to 2.49 and one letter of recommendation. 

The award ranges from $200-$400 each 

quarter and is contingent on the student 

maintaining a cumulative 2.5 GPA while 

attending The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. The student must enroll for at 

least 12 credits per quarter. Application is 

due at the time of initial financial aid appointment. 



SECOND FAMILY MEMBER 

SCHOLARSHIP 


provides this quarterly award to full-time 

students attending The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota concurrently with 

another member of their nuclear family 

(parent, sibling, spouse, or child). 

The maximum amount a student may 

receive is $300. If the student receives 

either the Merit or Excellence Award, the 

Second Family Award amount will equal 

$300 minus the amount of the other award 

received. 

For example, if the student qualifies for the 

Second Family Award but also receives a 

Merit Award for $100, the student’s Second 

Family Award amount will equal $200. 

Family member must make application 

to attend The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota and be enrolled for classes. The 

award is determined at the time of initial 

financial aid appointment. 

STUDENT SUCCESS 

SCHOLARSHIP 

To be eligible, a student must have a 

CGPA of 3.25 or higher and then register 

for 16 credits for the following quarter. Students 

must remain enrolled in 16 credits 

through schedule adjustment period to be 

eligible. At the end of schedule adjustment 

period the student will be credited 

the value of one credit of tuition after week 

2 of the quarter. The credit value will be 

based on the individual student’s tuition 

rate. For more information, visit the Student 

Financial Services office located on 

the second floor. 

82 

CULINARY ARTS STUDENT 

SCHOLARSHIP 

This is scholarship is an annual $1,000 

tuition scholarship for current Culinary Arts 

students given away each fall quarter. 

To qualify, Culinary Arts students must 

meet the following requirements: 

Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota 

Currently and continuingly enrolled 

students who are in good academic and 

judicial standing. 

Two letters of recommendations – one 

from a faculty member and another from 

the Academic Director for Culinary Arts. 

A three-part essay: 

How has your education at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota allowed you 

to fulfill your culinary dream? 

How will this scholarship contribute to your 

college experience while attending The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota? 

How will the achievement of your Culinary 

Arts degree or certificate influence your 

future career? 

SUSAN O’BOYLE-JACOBSON 

MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 

This is scholarship is an annual $1,000 

tuition scholarship for current Baking 

& Pastry students given away each fall 

quarter. 

To qualify, Baking & Pastry students must 

meet the following requirements: 

Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art Institutes 


Currently and continuingly enrolled 

students who are in good academic and 

judicial standing. 

Two letters of recommendations – one 

from a faculty member and another from 

the Academic Director for Culinary Arts. 

A three-part essay: 

How has your education at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota allowed you 

to fulfill your dream as a Baking & Pastry 

professional? 

How will this scholarship contribute to your 

college experience while attending The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota? 

How will the achievement of your Baking & 

Pastry degree or certificate influence your 

future career? 

EDMC EDUCATION 

FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS 

This annual tuition-based schoalrship 

award varies from year to year and is 

offered to students 24 years of age 

and older. 

To qualify, incoming and current 

non-traditional students must meet 

the following requirements: To be 

considered for this award, a student 

must include the following: 

A completed application form 

and agreement 

A personal statement that tells us something 

about you that cannot be discerned 

from the application materials and what 

you plan on doing with your education 

after graduation. 

Unofficial copies of all high school or college 

transcripts. Transcripts must demonstrate 

a minimum Cumulative Grade Point 

Average (CGPA) of 3.0. 

Two letters of recommendation – a copy of 

any letter of recommendation is perfectly 

acceptable. One letter may come from an 

instructors, but not both letters. 

For more information, please visit Student 

Financial Services. 

DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS 

SCHOLARSHIP 


is a collegiate partner of Citizens’ Scholarship 

Foundation of America and the 

Dollars for Scholars family of community 

scholarship foundations. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota has agreed that 

Dollars for Scholars awards of up to 

$1,000 per student will not adversely affect 

scholarship funding provided by The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. Interested 

students should go online at http:// 

scholarshipamerica.org/ for details. 

2010 IMAGINE AMERICA 

SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 


participates in the 2010 Imagine America 

Scholarship Program funded through the 

Career Training Foundation. Each high 

school is eligible to receive up to two 

$1,000 scholarships for their students. To 

apply for the scholarship students should 

contact their high school counselor or go 

online at http://www.imagine-america.org 

NATIONAL ART HONOR 

SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP 

High school seniors who also belong to 

the National Art Honor Society may apply 

for an Art Institute National Art Honor Society 

Scholarship. Details may be obtained 

by calling The Art Institute location of your 

choice or 1-800-275-2440. Deadline is 

March 1, 2010. Senior class members of 

the National Art Honor Society are eligible 

to compete for these tuition scholarships: 

First place: $20,000 

Second place: $10,000

Third place: $5,000 

Fourth place: $3,000 

Fifth place: $2,000 

The Art Institutes scholarships cover tuition 

only. Scholarship awards may not be 

applied to fees, living expenses, or supply 

costs. 

All entries must be addressed to: 

National Art Honor Society Scholarships, 

c/o The Art Institute of Pittsburgh 

420 Boulevard of the Allies, 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1328 

Attention: Bill McAnulty 

DEADLINE 

Application must be postmarked by 

midnight, March 1, 2010. Winners will be 

notified after May 1, 2010. 

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: 

1. You must be a high school senior 

graduating in the 2009-2010 academic 

year and a member of the National Art 

Honor Society. 

2. Submit six slides of six different 

original pieces of artwork representing 

your creative ability and interest. 

3. Digital files may be submitted in lieu of 

slides. 

4. Submit a written statement describing 

your artistic career goals and why 

you want to be considered for a 

scholarship. 

5. Use the list on the back cover to select 

The Art Institute you wish to attend. 

6. Submit your name, home address, and 

telephone number, along with your 

school name, address, and school 

telephone number, and the name 

of your National Art Honor Society 

advisor. 

7. Entries must be postmarked by 

midnight, March 1, 2010. 

8. Winners must apply for admission 

at an Art Institute location and be 

accepted to validate the scholarship. 

9. Upon receipt, all submissions become 

the sole property of The Art Institutes 

and will not be returned. 

VICA/SKILLSUSA 

CHAMPIONSHIP 

Students who are members of SkillsUSA 

may compete in local, state, and national 

championships. The winners of the national 

championships are awarded the following 

scholarships. Winners of the Adver- 

tising Design, Culinary, and Photography 

championships will be awarded a $20,000 

tuition scholarship. Winners of the 3D Visualization 

and Animation, Web Design, and 

Television Production championships will 

be awarded a $10,000 tuition scholarship. 

Each Art Institute has a limited number 

of scholarships. Winners are permitted to 

choose The Art Institute location of their 

choice and scholarships will be awarded 

on a first-come-first-serve basis. National 

championships are held in June 2010. For 

details, visit the SkillsUSA Web site: http:// 

www.skillsusa.org or call 703-777-8810. 

Winners of the SkillsUSA competition may 

contact Julie Walsh at The Art Institutes at 

1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details. 

SCHOLASTICS ARTS AND 

WRITING COMPETITION 

Four $10,000 scholarships will be awarded 

by The Art Institutes to the Scholastic 

National Award recipients on a first-comefirst-serve 

basis. To receive information 

about this scholarship visit the Scholastic 

Web site at http://www.scholastic.com/artandwriting 

or call 212-343-6100. National 

Award recipients must contact Julie Walsh 

of The Art Institutes at 1-800-275-2440 as 

soon as they are notified of the award. 

C-CAP 

Students who are enrolled in a C-CAP 

program may compete for a two-year 

full-tuition scholarship at The Art Institutes. 

The value of this scholarship is approximately 

$50,000. For information, speak to 

the C-CAP director at your high school, 

visit: http://www.ccapinc.org, or call: 212- 

974-7111. 

PROSTART INVITATIONAL 

First-place winners of the National ProStart 

Invitational Culinary Competition and 

Management Competition will be awarded 

a $3,000 tuition scholarship to The Art 

Institutes. A $2,000 tuition scholarship for 

second-place winners and $1,000 tuition 

scholarship for third place winners will also 

be awarded. Applicants must be enrolled 

in a ProStart program to be eligible for 

competition. For more information, visit 

the ProStart Web site at www.nraef.org/ 

prostart/ or call 1-800-765-2122. Winners 

of the invitational may contact Julie Walsh 

at The Art Institutes at 1-800-275-2440 for 

scholarship details. 

DEAN’S CHOICE AWARD 

Each quarter, enrolled students representing 

all programs are encouraged to submit 

their best work to the Dean’s office. The 

Dean selects a work for display in the 

Dean’s office. The student-artist receives a 

$250 tuition scholarship in recognition for 

his or her winning submission. 

PRESIDENT’S AWARD 

FOR EXCELLENCE 

Each quarter enrolled students representing 

all programs are encouraged to submit 

their best work to the President’s office. 

The President selects a work for display in 

the President’s office. The student-artist 

receives a $250 tuition scholarship in recognition 

for his or her winning submission. 

All scholarship winners must adhere to the 

scholarship rules established by The Art 

Institutes. Scholarship winners must apply 

to and be accepted at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota to validate the 

scholarship. 

Scholarships cover tuition only, unless 

otherwise noted. They do not cover books, 

supplies, or miscellaneous fees. Students 


Minnesota on scholarships must maintain 

at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point 

average, or otherwise stated, in order 

to retain eligibility. 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

OVERVIEW 

MISSION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

The mission of Academic Affairs at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota is to 

engage students in an innovative education 

that supports them in becoming critical 

and creative thinkers with the ability to 

shape their chosen fields. 

Academic Affairs values: 

• Excellence in educational programs, 

teaching, and student support 

• Honesty, integrity, and caring in all 

interactions 

• Openness to new ideas in a changing 

world 

• Commitment to continuing 

improvement 

Academic Affairs serves the students, 

faculty and community through the development 

and implementation of postsecondary 

educational programs that prepare 

students with the necessary skills for 

entry-level positions in a variety of designrelated 

and business-related careers. The 

office achieves its mission through: 

• The selection, development, and 

retention of exemplary faculty 

• The careful, continual planning and 

development of a curriculum that is 

responsive to the needs of students 

83

84 

and employers 

• The provision of academic support 

services 

• The provision of appropriate 

technology for instructional purposes 

• The promotion and support of an 

effective library which provides 

access to materials and information 

supporting educational programs 

at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota 

ACADEMIC DIRECTORS AND 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

The administration and faculty members 

of the Academic Affairs department 

have been carefully selected to assure 

excellence in the educational process. 

The faculty members have professional 

experience and backgrounds in the careerrelated 

areas in which they teach. The 

major focus of the educational process is 

devoted to the development of employable 

skills and professional attitudes so that 

graduates are prepared for the working 

world. 

ACADEMIC DIRECTORS 

Each academic program at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota has an 

Academic Director. The Academic Director 

is responsible for working directly with 

students to ensure a quality learning experience, 

and for ensuring that well qualified 

faculty members are employed to teach 

in programs. They also ensure, through 

continual observation and evaluation, that 

faculty members implement best practices 

in the teaching and learning process. 

Academic Directors develop the curriculum 

and maintain an appropriate schedule 

of classes. They also encourage students 

to meet with them to discuss the competencies 

and outcomes for student learning 

in the program. They are available to meet 

with students on individual plans for career 

employment. 

The Academic Director works with a 

Professional Advisory Committee (PAC) for 

each program. PAC members are industry 

professionals who advise the program to 

ensure that curriculum is staying current 

with industry standards, offer insight into 

the changing dynamics of the industry, and 

report on the skills and knowledge needed 

for employment in their respective fields. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

• Advertising (Bachelor) 

• Culinary programs including: 

The Art of Cooking (Certificate) 

Baking & Pastry (Certificate and 

Associate) 

Culinary Arts (Associate) 

Culinary Management (Bachelor) 

Hospitality Management (Bachelor) 

• Design Management (Bachelor) 

• Digital Film & Video Production 

(Bachelor) 

• Fashion & Retail Management 

(Bachelor) 

• Interior Design programs including: 

Interior Planning with AutoCAD 

(Associate) 

Interior Design (Associate and 

Bachelor) 

• Graphic Design (Associate and 

Bachelor) 

• Media Arts & Animation (Bachelor) 

• Photography (Bachelor) 

• Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 

(Bachelor) 

• Web Design & Interactive Media 

(Associate and Bachelor) 

STUDENT PARTICIPATION AND ACTIVE 

LEARNING 


encourages students to be active participants 

in their own learning. Students need 

to engage in their coursework by attending 

classes, participating in learning activities, 

completing reading, and submitting learning 

and evaluative assignments. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota faculty 

members assist students in becoming professionals 

and lifelong learners. Students 

are encouraged to communicate regularly 

with their faculty members and take 

advantage of both scheduled office hours 

and informal meeting times. 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Academic Advisors encourage success 

and persistence through academic 

planning, educational goal setting, and 

resource referral. Academic Advisors build 

community within programs and the college 

environment through personal contact 

with students, faculty members, and staff. 

Academic Advisors help students to be 

successful. Advisors can direct students 

to campus services as well as off campus 

resources that may enhance their ability to 

succeed. 

Students should see an Academic Advisor 

for assistance with: 

• Accessing any services on campus 

• Course planning and registration 

• Online courses 

• Adding or dropping classes 

• Changing majors 

• Clarifying goals 

• Communicating with faculty 

• Strategies for academic success 

• Connecting with resources 

• Accessing Student Portal accounts 

• Sustaining motivation 

Academic Advisors are available Monday 

through Friday and select Saturdays. Appointments 

are not required. Students are 

encouraged to walk in, call, or email advisors 

for assistance at any time. 

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT 

CENTER AND INTERIOR 

DESIGN SKILLS CENTER 

Academic Achievement Services provide 

tools, services, and opportunities for 

improved academic success. Academic 

Achievement Services provide peertutoring 

and academic support workshops 

to enhance academic skills for students 


Minnesota. There are two tutoring centers 

at The Art Institutes International Minnesota: 

the Academic Achievement Center 

(AAC) and the Interior Design Skills Center. 

The AAC houses tutors for all the general 

education courses, as well as program 

specific tutors for all majors except Interior 

Design. The Skills Center houses the tutors 

for the Interior Design courses. All tutoring 

services are free, and appointments are 

not required. The current schedule of tutors 

can be found on the doors outside the 

tutoring centers or with the Advisors. 

LIBRARY 

The Mission of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota’s library is to provide 

students, faculty, and staff access to information 

and services needed in the learning 

and teaching environment. Emphasis for 

resource development is on microcomputer 

technology for creative art, design 

and multimedia production as well as sup-

port for a general education enhancement 

in the fine arts, communications, social 

sciences, and humanities. Students will 

be prepared for lifelong learning through 

exposure to a variety of computer information 

technologies they may use in the 

workplace, the library, or home. 

The library maintains a readily available 

collection of resources consisting of 

books, periodicals, audio-visual materials, 

and CD-ROMs (both networked and 

stand-alone). The library also provides 

students with access to remote resources 

through cooperative agreements with other 

libraries and through electronic access to 

the Internet, on-line services (such as WilsonWeb), 

and off-site library catalogs and 

databases. The library’s mission includes 

a responsibility to foster the library and 

research skills which will assure students 

success in their chosen field. 

REGISTRAR 

The Registrar and staff are responsible for 

monitoring, recording, and reporting student 

academic performance each quarter. 

Additional services include: 

• Maintenance of all permanent 

academic records 

• Issuance of grade reports and/or 

attendance reports 

• Issuance of student transcript 

records. 

• Processing of student information, 

including but not limited to: 

* Leaves of absence/complete 

withdrawal from program 

* Program/major changes 

* Veterans enrollment certifi cations 

* Verifi cation of enrollment 

* Address/Name/ 

Phone number changes 

Forms to process student requests are 

available in the Registrar office or through 

the registrar online site, http://aim.aiiresources.com/registrar/ 

Forms may be downloaded from this site, 

but hard copies with the student’s signature 

must be turned in to the Registrar 

office. 

OFFICIAL ADDRESS/NAME/ 

PHONE NUMBERS 

The Registrar’s Office must be notified by 

each student of any name, address, or 

phone number changes. Delivery of mail 

to the last address on record constitutes 

official notification to students. 

MILITARY & VETERAN SERVICES 

Veteran services are available to the following 

students: 

• Currently serving in the military 

• Previously served in the military 

• Survivor, or dependants of a veteran 

• Received military benefits in the past 

The Registrar serves as the certifying 

official. To receive or continue to receive 

benefits students need to provide proper 

military documentation to the Registrar. 

ATTENDANCE POLICY 

Regular, on-time attendance is both 

courteous and professional. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota expects 

students to demonstrate professionalism 

by attending all classes as scheduled, 

arriving on time, and remaining for the full 

duration of the class. Outside employment 

should not be scheduled during class 

hours. Students should be aware that it is 

difficult to succeed in class without regular, 

on-time attendance. In the event of illness 

or emergency, students are responsible for 

class material and should follow the procedures 

described in the course syllabus for 

contacting the instructor and keeping up 

with planned learning activities. In the case 

of unavoidable but planned absences, 

the student should communicate with the 

instructor and prepare assignments in 

advance when possible. Even with prior 

notification, a student will be marked 

absent and there may still be an impact on 

grades. Individual faculty may determine 

the impact, if any, of absences on grades. 


supports the attendance policy for each 

class as it is described in the syllabus. 

Each student is responsible for reading 

and understanding the policy for each 

class. 

Students with excessive absences will be 

withdrawn from class. Excessive absence 

is defined as missing two consecutive 

weeks of classes. Appeals for excessive 

absence withdrawal are limited in scope 

and rarely granted, following a presumption 

that a student who has missed two 

consecutive weeks of class is too far 

behind to reasonably make up the learning 

from that time period. The primary basis of 

an appeal should be clerical or record errors 

in which the student can demonstrate 

attendance was inaccurately recorded. 

A student that stops attending all of their 

courses for two consecutive weeks will be 

given an attendance termination from the 

college. Students may be readmitted to 

the College by submitting a request during 

the term following an attendance termi- 

nation. If the student does not meet the 

standards of the Satisfactory Academic 

Progress Policy, he or she must follow the 

re-entry process within that policy. 

SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC 

PROGRESS POLICY 

Applicable to every student enrolled 

in diploma and undergraduate degree 

programs, the Satisfactory Academic 

Progress Policy ensures that students 

make satisfactory progress towards 

successful completion of their academic 

programs. The evaluation points and milestones 

contained in the policy are meant 

to identify problems for which actions of 

early intervention and/or remediation can 

be taken. Most critical to this policy is a 

student’s ability to enroll in and complete 

courses in a consistent manner. This 

ability is measured in two ways: cumulative 

grade-point-average (CGPA); and 

incremental completion rate (ICR). Failure 

to complete courses successfully for any 

reason may negatively affect academic 

progress. Failing courses or withdrawing 

from courses could result in the loss 

of financial aid. In order for a student to 

graduate, the minimum requirements are 

a CGPA of 2.0, completion of the program 

in no more than 150% of total program 

credits, and an ICR of 66.67%. 

MILESTONES AND 

EVALUATION POINTS 

FOR SATISFACTORY 

ACADEMIC PROGRESS 

ACADEMIC STANDARDS FOR 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS: 

1. At the end of first quarter (or the end 

of the second session for mid-session 

starts), students must achieve a CGPA 

of 1.0 and an ICR of 33.33%. Anything 

below these milestones will result in 

probation. 

2. At the end of second quarter (or the 

third quarter for mid-session starts), 

students must attain a CGPA of 1.0 

and an ICR of 33.33%. Anything 


dismissal. 



students with a CGPA under 1.5, but 

at least 1.0 and/or an ICR below 50%, 

but at least 33.33% will be placed on 

probation. 

4. At the end of fourth quarter (or the 

fifth quarter for mid-session starts), 

and every quarter thereafter, students 

must attain a CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR 

of 66.67%. Anything below these 

85

86 

milestones will result in dismissal. 

5. Students may not attempt more than 

150% of the credits in their programs; 

anything in excess of 150% of the 

credits will result in dismissal. 

6. The process to appeal requires the 

student to request the opportunity 

to appeal a dismissal in writing. The 

reason for the appeal must be the 

result of mitigating circumstances, 

and documentation supporting a claim 

of mitigating circumstances must be 

provided. The result of the appeal 

(appeal granted or appeal denied) 

must be catalogued in the Student 

Information System. 

7. If a student appeals and is denied the 

appeal, he or she must remain out of 

school until one year after the quarter 

in which the appeal was denied. The 

student can then request an additional 

appeal for reinstatement, but would 

have to demonstrate accomplishments 

or changes that show a degree of 

college readiness that reliably predict 

success. Should the student have 

his or her appeal denied a second 

time, the student will be permanently 

dismissed from The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. If the 

student’s appeal is granted, he or she 

will be placed on probation at the start 

of the term, and would be required to 

attain CGPA and ICR milestones by 

the next evaluation point. Failure to do 

so will result in a permanent dismissal. 

CERTIFICATE 

*A student will be notified in writing as 

to the decision to grant or deny his or 

her appeal. 

8. Failure to complete courses 

successfully, for any reason, may 

negatively affect academic progress. 

Failing courses or withdrawing from 

courses could result in the loss of 

financial aid. 

ACADEMIC STANDARDS FOR 

DEGREE PROGRAMS: 



students must achieve a CGPA of 

1.0 and an ICR of 33.33%. Anything 


probation. 

2. At the end of third quarter (or the 

fourth quarter for mid-session starts), 




dismissal. 

2. At the end of third quarter (or the 

fourth quarter for mid-session starts), 

students with a CGPA under 1.5, but 

at least 1.0 and/or an ICR below 50%, 

but at least 33.33% will be placed on 

probation. 

4. At the end of sixth quarter (or the 

seventh quarter for mid-session starts), 




dismissal. 

5. While the college is bound by U.S. 

Department of Education requirements 

that a student be dismissed after his or 

her sixth quarter if the CGPA is below 

2.0 and/or the ICR is below 66.67%, 

the college is allowed to place a 

student on probation in subsequent 

quarters if the CGPA falls below 2.0, 

but is at least 1.8, and/or the ICR falls 

below 66.67%, but is at least 60%. 

If the student is put on probation, 

the student will have to attain both a 

CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67% at 

the end of the next evaluation point or 

be dismissed (note: evaluation points 

occur every other quarter after sixth 

quarter). This can only happen once 

after sixth quarter. 

6. Students may not attempt more than 

150% of the credits in their programs; 

anything in excess of 150% of the 

credits will result in dismissal. 

7. Failure to complete courses 

successfully, for any reason may 

negatively affect academic progress. 

Failing courses or withdrawing from 

courses could result in the loss of 

financial aid. 

8. Transitional Studies Courses are 

based on the results of the academic 

placement test. Like any course, 

students must successfully complete 

such courses in order to progress 

in the program. Transitional studies 

course credits do not count towards 

the total number of credits for 

graduation nor do they count in the 

Evaluation Point Milestones (CGPA and ICR) Required Action 

End of First Quarter Less than 1.0 and/or 33.33% Probation 

End of Second Quarter Less than 1.0 and/or 33.33% Dismissal 

End of Second Quarter Less than 1.5 and/or 50% - Greater than 1.0 and 33.33% Probation 

End of Fourth Quarter and 

Every Quarter Thereafter 

DEGREE 

Less than 2.0 and 66.67% Dismissal 

Evaluation Point Milestones (CGPA and ICR) Required Action 

End of Second Quarter Less than 1.0 and/or 33.33% Probation 

End of Third Quarter Less than 1.0 and/or 33.33% Dismissal 

End of Third Quarter Less than 1.5 and/or 50% - Greater than 1.0 and 33.33% Probation 

End of Sixth Quarter* and Every 

Other Quarter Thereafter 

Less than 2.0 and 66.67% Dismissal

CGPA; however, they do count in 

determining the maximum time frame 

and the incremental completion rate. 

Transitional studies courses may be 

individually attempted no more than 

three times. Failing or withdrawing 

from a transitional studies course three 

times will result in dismissal. 

9. If a student appeals and is denied the 

appeal, he or she must remain out of 

school until one year after the quarter 

in which the appeal was denied. The 

student can then request an additional 

appeal for reinstatement, but would 

have to demonstrate accomplishments 

or changes that show a degree of 

college readiness that reliably predict 

success. Should the student have 

his or her appeal denied a second 

time, the student will be permanently 

dismissed from the Institute. If the 

student’s appeal is granted, he or she 

will be placed on probation at the start 

of the term, and would be required to 

attain CGPA and ICR milestones by 

the next evaluation point. Failure to do 

so will result in a permanent dismissal. 

* A student will be notified in writing 

as to the decision to grant or 

deny his or her appeal. 

OTHER STANDARDS OF ACADEMIC 

PROGRESS: 

1. Following is a list of possible events 

that may be considered as mitigating 

circumstances that could negatively 

impact academic progress: 

• Death of an immediate family member 

• Student illness requiring 

hospitalization (this includes mental 

health issues) 

• Illness of an immediate family 

member where the student is a 

primary caretaker 

• Illness of an immediate family 

member where the family member is 

the primary financial support 

• Abusive relationships 

• Divorce proceedings 

• Previously undocumented disability 

• Natural disaster 

• Family emergency 

• Financial hardship such as 

foreclosure or eviction 

• Documentation from the College 

Counselor and/or a Professional 

Counselor. 

• Documentation of mitigating 

circumstances from a school or 

professional counselor should 

not breach the student/counselor 

relationship. A memorandum or letter 

on school or organizational letterhead 

indicating a counselor’s opinion 

that student issues are contrary 

to satisfactory academic progress 

will suffice as proof of mitigating 

circumstances. 

The Dean of Academic Affairs is responsible 

for determining the impact of the 

mitigating circumstance as regards to the 

severity, timeliness, and the student’s ability 

to avoid the circumstance. Student life 

issues and making the transition to college 

are not considered mitigating circumstances 

under this policy since students have at 

least two quarters in a diploma and three 

quarters in a degree program to adjust to 

college life. 

2. Grades achieved in repeated classes 

will replace grades of ‘F’, ‘W’, or 

‘WF’. Grades of ‘F’, ’W’, or ‘WF’ are 

included in the maximum allowable 

time frame and incremental completion 

rate requirements. Students may also 

retake classes in which they received a 

passing grade in order to improve their 

CGPA. However, a student cannot 

receive financial aid for repeating 

courses in which a passing grade has 

already been earned. 

3. Transfer credits from other postsecondary 

institutions are not 

calculated in the maximum allowable 

credits or incremental completion 

rate requirements; however, transfer 

credits do reduce the total number of 

credits that must be attempted within 

the program. Therefore, the maximum 

number of attempted credits for a 

student with transfer credit is one and 

one-half times the number of credits 

required to complete for graduation. 

Example: if a student transfers 36 

credits to a program consisting of 180 

credits, the calculation would be 180 – 

36 = 144 X 1.5 = 216 credits. 

Grades for credits transferred from any 

post-secondary institution (including 

an Art Institute) will be recorded 

as “TR” in the Student Information 

System and will not affect the 

student’s CGPA. 

Students wishing to transfer from 

one Art Institute to another may do 

so only if they are in good standing 

at the sending school. Any student 

dismissed for academic progress 

cannot transfer to another Art Institute 

until he or she has been reinstated 

at the sending school and is deemed 

to be making satisfactory academic 

progress. 

4. Students will be allowed only one 

change of program. On rare occasions 

and with good reason, the Dean of 

Academic Affairs may allow a student 

an additional change of program. 

Changing from day to evening in the 

same program is not considered a 

change of program. Changing from a 

diploma level to a degree level or an 

associate’s level to a bachelor’s level in 

the same program is not considered a 

change of program. 

Courses taken in one program 

applicable to the second program 

shall be transferred with the grade. If 

students have taken a course more 

than once, all grades pertinent to 

that course shall apply to the second 

program. Grades earned in the 

original program shall count towards 

the cumulative grade point average. 

However, in cases in which a student 

has graduated from the college in 

one program then subsequently 

begins work in a different program, 

grades used in the CGPA of the 

previous program will not be applied 

to the student’s new program CGPA 

calculation. The grades will be 

recorded as TR. 

For ICR purposes only, those courses 

transferred will apply to the new 

program. The maximum allowable 

timeframe shall be calculated as the 

total number of credits in the program 

minus the number of credits applied 

to the new program X 1.5. Example: 

if a student transfers 36 credits to a 

program consisting of 180 credits, the 

calculation would be 180 – 36 = 144 X 

1.5 = 216 credits. Second example: 

if a student earned 36 credits in the 

original program that are applicable 

to the new program, but transfers 48 

credits due to repeating failed classes, 

the maximum allowable timeframe is 

reduced to 198 credits. 

5. In order for students to graduate, the 

minimum requirements are a CGPA of 

2.0, ICR of 66.67% and completion of 

the program in no more than 150% of 

total program credits. 

87

PROBATION 

Administrative action is taken when 

a student fails to meet the minimum 

academic standards. See Satisfactory 

Academic Progress Policy for explanation 

of academic standards. A student 

on probation is considered to be making 

academic progress and is thus still eligible 

for financial aid. 

PROCEDURE FOR APPEALING 

ACADEMIC TERMINATION 

Students work with their Academic Advisor 

for assistance through this process. Students 

must develop an Academic Improvement 

Plan with their Academic Advisor. 

The letter and supporting documentation 

should be submitted to the student’s Academic 

Advisor for submission to the Dean 

of Academic Affairs. 

Appeals of academic termination must 

be submitted in writing to the Dean of 

Academic Affairs. The written appeal must 

state the mitigating circumstances that 

contributed to the termination. The written 

appeal must be supported with appropriate 

documentation of the mitigating 

circumstances with an explanation of how 

the circumstances have been remedied or 

changed. 

The Dean of Academic Affairs or a committee 

will review a student’s appeal and 

will determine whether the student’s 

circumstance(s) and academic status warrant 

consideration for reinstatement. The 

student may be asked to appear in person 

during the review process when deemed 

necessary by the Dean or the committee. 

A student who is granted an appeal may 

be reinstated and if otherwise eligible, 

receive financial aid; however, the student 

will be placed on probation for that quarter. 

GRADING 

LETTER GRADE EQUIVALENT 

GRADE POINTS 

A = 4.0 

A- = 3.7 

B+ = 3.4 

B = 3.0 

B- = 2.7 

C+ = 2.4 

C = 2.0 

C- = 1.7 

D+ = 1.4 

D = 1.0 

F = 0.0 

ADDITIONAL LETTER CODES 

IP = In Progress (student is currently enrolled 

in the course) 

K = External Transfer Credit 

P = Proficiency Credit by Exam or Portfolio 

88 

TR = Transfer Credit 

W = Withdraw from Course 

WF = Withdraw/Fail 

GRADE POINT COMPUTATION 

The grade point for an individual course 

is computed using the equivalent grade 

points listed above. The total grade points 

for an individual course are determined 

by multiplying the letter grade equivalent 

grade point times the credit hours for 

the course. 

CALCULATION OF CGPA 

A student’s cumulative grade point average 

is calculated by 

• Multiplying credits for each course 

by grade points associated with the 

grade earned; 

• Totaling the grade points earned for 

all the courses, and 

• Dividing total grade points earned by 

the total number of quality credits. 

The Art Institutes use a 4.0 scale in 

assigning grade points. (The CGPA 

is calculated by rounding up to the 

nearest tenth if the last digit is 5 or 

greater. It is rounded down to the 

nearest tenth of the last digit if less 

than 5. Ex: 1.95=2.0, Ex: 1.94=1.9 

REPEATED COURSES AND GRADES 

Grades achieved in repeated classes will 

replace the “F,” “W,” or “WF.” Grades of 

“F,” “W,” or “WF” are included in the 

maximum allowable time frame and incremental 

completion rate requirements in attempted 

hours. Students may also retake 

a class in which they received a passing 

grade in order to improve their CGPA. 

The students original grade will be listed 

on the students transcript with a replaced 

course indication. 

QUARTER CREDITS 

All course work at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is measured in quarter 

credits. One-quarter credit is awarded 

for each 10 classroom contact hours of 

lecture, 20 classroom contact hours of 

laboratory instruction, or 30 contact hours 

of internship. One classroom contact hour 

is defined as 50 minutes within a 60-minute 

period. The student is assumed to 

devote appropriate time to preparation and 

study outside the classroom. Measurement 

in credit hours or the listing of credits 

for courses is not intended to imply transferability 

into college programs at other 

post-secondary institutions. 

GRADING FOR MILESTONE/CAPSTONE 

COURSES 

Each program at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota contains several courses 

that are listed as Milestone/Capstone 

course and are designated as such with a 

notation ( ** ) after the course name. The 

Milestone/Capstone courses requires an 

earned grade of “C” (not “C-”) or higher 

to pass. 

INCOMPLETE GRADE POLICY 


does not give grades of incomplete. 

GRADE CHANGE REQUESTS 

A formal request for a grade review must 

be made by the student to the Academic 

Director no later than Week 2 of the quarter 

following the quarter in which the grade 

was earned. 

TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

Transfer Credits reduce the total number 

of credits that must be attempted within 

the program. Students who intend to 

have previous college courses evaluated 

for transfer of credit must provide official 

transcripts. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota reserves the right to accept or 

deny transfer of credit based on the guidelines 

listed below. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts must be sent to the 

Admissions Office of the admitting Art 

Institute within 30 days of the students 

first quarter of attendance. Transcripts 

submitted after the student’s first quarter 

of attendance at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota may be considered for 

transfer credit at the discretion of the Dean 

of Academic Affairs. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

The official descriptions of the courses 

submitted for transfer credit must be 

comparable to the coursework at the college. 

Official course descriptions from the 

sending college or a college catalog will be 

used to determine comparability and must 

be received within 30 days of the students 

first quarter of attendance. 

LEVEL OF TRANSFER CREDITS 

Only college-level credits (1000 level 

course or equivalent) taken at an accredited 

institution of higher education will 

be considered for transfer. No remedial 

courses will be considered.

GRADING 

The course(s) must be passed with a grade 

of “C” or better. The student’s record at the 

Art Institutes International Minnesota will 

reflect a “TR” grade. The grade will not be 

factored into the GPA or the CGPA. 

Note: Pass/Fail grades are not considered 

for transfer of credit. 

CLEP & AP SCORES 

While the college does not offer the opportunity 

to take a CLEP test on our campus, 

the college will accept previous testing. Official 

documents (CLEP or AP scores) related 

to transfer or proficiency credit must be 

received by The Art Institute within 30 days 

of the students first quarter of attendance. 

In order for The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota to consider transfers or proficiency 

credit of CLEP or AP scores, they 

must meet the college’s minimum bench 

mark score. CLEP requires a minimum 

score of “50” and AP requires a minimum 

score of “3”. 

TIMELINESS OF COURSEWORK 

Certain courses are time-sensitive with 

respect to the technology used in the 

course. Decisions on the appropriateness 

of transfer for these types of courses will 

be at the discretion of the Dean of Academic 

Affairs. 

ALLOWABLE TOTAL 

TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

Students may be granted as much as 

75 percent of the total program credits 

required for graduation. Students must 

earn in residency a minimum of 25 percent 

of the total program credits required for 

graduation. Due to regulatory considerations, 

at some Art Institutes the minimum 

percentage of total program credits that 

must be earned in residency may vary 

from the standard above. 

APPEALING TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

If a student wishes to appeal the decision 

for transfer of credit he or she must 

complete an official written request form 

for re-evaluation from either the Registrar’s 

office or through the Admissions office. 

The re-evaluation form does require that 

the student attach a copy of the transcript 

in question. The re-evaluation process may 

also require that a student provide additional 

information such as course descriptions, 

syllabi or course competencies. The 

re-evaluation of any transcript is final. 

TRANSFER CREDIT UPON 

RE-ENTRY TO THE INSTITUTION 

Requests for transfer of credit from accredited 

institutions of higher education, 

for a course taken while a student was not 

in attendance at The Art Institute, but after 

a student’s initial matriculation at the college, 

may be made in writing to the Dean 

of Academic Affairs. Transfer Credit may 

be awarded if all other criteria for transfer 

of credit are met. 

TRANSFER OF CREDIT FOR 

SECOND DEGREE BY GRADUATES 

OF THE ART INSTITUTES 


Graduates of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota may return for another 

degree or certificate. The student will be 

considered a new student and all enrollment 

procedures will apply. However, as 

a graduate of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota, coursework taken at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota as 

documented in an official transcript will be 

evaluated for transfer credit. Courses with 

an earned grade of “D” or higher will be 

considered for transfer of credit. This will 

only apply to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota graduates and courses 

taken at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. 

RE-EVALUATION OF TRANSFER OF 

CREDIT AFTER A CHANGE OF MAJOR 

A student petitioning to transfer from one 

program to another within the Institute 

must obtain approval from the Academic 

Director of the department from which 

the student is transferring. The student’s 

coursework and earned credits will be 

reviewed for applicability to the new major. 

Only those credits required for graduation 

in the new major will be transferred to the 

new program and counted toward graduation. 

Students who change majors will 

be held accountable to the new major’s 

academic standards. In the case of a 

milestone course, a grade of “C” or above 

must be earned or the student will be 

required to re-take the course. Only one 

change of major is allowed per stude. 

Note: Students may not enroll in two programs 

at the same time; a double major is 

not allowed. Students may complete one 

course of study and then transfer credits 

to a second program. 

PROFICIENCY TEST OUT FOR CREDIT 

Students who intend to test out of a 

course must follow The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota guidelines and 

procedures. The Dean of Academic Affairs 

has the right to accept or deny a student’s 

request to test out. A student may test out 

of a course if they feel they have acquired 

the course competencies through skills, 

knowledge and/or experience. A student 

may only test out of a maximum of three 

courses; each test out must be completed 

by Week 8 of the first quarter of atten- 

dance. A student may not be registered 

and sitting in a class in which they wish 

to take a test-out exam. Students may 

choose to drop the course during the 

schedule adjustment period, in which case 

the test out can occur during the quarter. 

A student who has failed or withdrawn 

from a course with an “F” or “W” cannot 

attempt to test out of the course later. 

TEST OUT PROCEDURE 

A student must meet with the respective 

Academic Director for the program in 

which the course is managed. The student 

must bring portfolio work, proof of knowledge, 

or skill in the area. A student must 

obtain and complete the test out form 

from their respective Academic Director 

and pay the $200.00 fee at the Accounting 

Office prior to commencing the test 

out procedure. The Dean of Academic 

Affairs must sign the approval form prior 

to the student testing out of the course. 

The student must meet with the Academic 

Director or designated faculty member to 

demonstrate understanding of the subject 

matter. The student must complete the test 

out procedure with an 80% or better to receive 

a grade of “P” (pass) for the course. 

The credits for testing out are applied to 

the total credits required for graduation; 

however, they are not calculated in the 

student’s grade point average (GPA) or cumulative 

grade point average (CGPA). The 

results of the test out are final. A student 

may attempt to test out of a course once. 

Further, the $200.00 test-out fee is not 

covered by Financial Aid. If a student did 

not meet the proficiency requirements for 

the test-out, they will not receive a refund 

for the test-out fee of $200.00. However, 

if a student has paid the $200.00 fee and 

decides not to take the test out, the fee will 

be refunded. 

TRANSFER OF CREDITS 

TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS 


Inc. is registered as a private institution by 

the Minnesota Office of Higher Education 

pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. 

Registration is not an endorsement of the 

institution. Credits earned at the institution 

may not transfer to all other institutions. 


is accredited by the Accrediting Council for 

Independent Colleges and Schools. However, 

the fact that a school is accredited is 

not necessarily an indication that credits 

earned at that school will be accepted 

by another school. In the U.S. higher 

education system, transferability of credit 

is determined by the receiving institution, 

taking into account such factors as course 

content, grades, and accreditation. 

The mission of The Art Institutes Inter- 

89

national Minnesota is to help students 

to prepare for entry-level employment in 

your chosen field of study. The value of 

degree programs like those offered by The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota is 

their deliberate focus on marketable skills. 

The credits earned are not intended as 

a stepping stone for transfer to another 

institution. For this reason, it is unlikely 

that the academic credits you earn at The 


transfer to another school. 

Programs offered by one school within The 

Art Institutes system may be similar to but 

not identical to programs offered at another 

school within the system. This is due 

to differences imposed by state law, use 

of different instructional models, and local 

employer needs. Therefore, if students 

decide to transfer to another school within 

The Art Institutes system, not all of the 

credits earned at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota may be transferable into 

that school’s program. 

If considering transferring to either another 

Art Institute or an unaffiliated school, it is 

the student’s responsibility to determine 

whether that school will accept The Art 

Institute’s credits. The college encourages 

students to make this determination 

as early as possible. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota does not imply, 

promise, or guarantee transferability of its 

credits to any other institution. 

REGISTRATION 

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 

Registration at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota occurs on a quarterly basis 

and begins at 8am on Week 6 of each 

quarter. Registration is on a first come first 

serve basis. 

HOLDS 

Students should ensure that they have no 

holds. Students are informed of holds in 

two ways: through gold sheets handed 

out in classes or through their Student 

Portal account. Holds are unresolved 

issues with Financial Aid (SFS), Accounting 

(ACC), Admissions (ADM), Registrar 

(REG), Library (LRC), Advisors (ADV) or 

Academic Directors (ADD). Holds are for 

urgent matters that require attention. The 

department that places a student on hold 

is available to assist the student in resolving 

the issue. When a gold hold sheet is 

received, the student should immediately 

contact the department to clear the hold. 

Holds prevent students from registering 

from courses, borrowing material from the 

library, checking out equipment from the 

Cage, and obtaining official transcripts. 

90 

REGISTRATION STEPS 

Students have two choices for registration: 

online through Student Portal accounts 

or in person with Academic Advisors. 

The following chart provides students the 

appropriate steps to take to ensure timely 

registration. 

Steps for Registration: 

Week 5 

1. Advisors will email out a copy of the 

available courses for the next term. 

The schedule is also posted on https:// 

mycampus.artinstitutes.edu/portal/ 

server.pt? 

2. Review degree audits through 

Student Portal accounts to verify what 

required courses are needed. Consult 

the current catalog to verify that 

prerequisites have been met. 

3. Meet with the program Academic 

Advisor to plan the appropriate 

courses for the next quarter. 

4. Check Student Portal account for any 

holds and resolve those holds with the 

appropriate department. 

5. Attend a Registration workshop or 

see an Advisor to learn how to use the 

online registration system. 

Week 6 

1. Register for classes! Registration is 

offered on a “first come first served” 

basis; early registration allows 

more options for course times and 

availability. 

2. See the program Academic Advisor 

in person or log into Student Portal 

accounts and use the self registration 

tool. 

3. If students choose to use the self 

registration tool – make sure to log 

out of your account and then log back 

in to verify that the registration was 

accepted. Also please verify proper 

course selection with the Academic 

Advisor for the program. 

Week 7 

1. Registration for online courses begins. 

If students are planning on taking 

an online course, please meet with 

the Plus Lead or Academic Advisor 

to discuss course options and the 

required processed for registering for 

an online course. 

TAKING MORE THAN 16 CREDITS 

Students may request to take more that 

16 credits by contacting their Academic 

Director. 

OFFICIAL SCHEDULE 

Students must pick up official schedules 

the first week of every quarter. Official 

schedules are required to attend classes. 

The official schedule is the only schedule 

that will list room numbers, faculty and 

official course meeting times. The official 

schedule also contains the academic 

quarter calendar of important dates which 

includes the schedule adjustment period, 

registration, days off, start and end dates. 

Faculty members are required to ask 

students for official schedules for class admittance. 

Any class on a student’s official 

schedule is a class that they are officially 

registered for and thus, tuition is charged. 

Note: If a student is uncertain about the 

information listed on the Official schedule 

the student should see the Registrar’s 

office or Academic Advisor within the 

schedule adjustment period. 

SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD 

A student may add or drop a course up 

until the end of the published schedule 

adjustment period for the quarter. This 

date is listed on the student’s official 

schedule. When a student makes an 

adjustment during this time period, they 

are not charged for the course and it does 

not appear on an official transcript. Course 

changes during this time period must be 

made with one of the Academic Advisors. 

Failure to attend a course in the first week 

of the term does not result in the course 

being dropped from a student’s schedule. 

Any course remaining on the student’s 

enrollment registration on the Tuesday of 

Week 2 will be subject to a tuition charge, 

and the course remains on the student’s 

transcript. 

WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE 

It is the responsibility of the student to 

withdraw from courses in writing, using 

a course withdrawal form, which may be 

obtained from the Registrar’s Office or 

from the appropriate Academic Advisor. 

A student who withdraws from a course 

during the second through ninth week of 

the quarter will be assigned a “W” code 

for each course. The “W” code is not used 

in the computation of the student’s grade 

point average. A student who withdrawals 

after the 9th week will receive a “WF” 

code. The “WF” code is calculated as an 

“F” into the student’s GPA. A student who 

drops a course after the schedule adjustment 

period through the end of the quarter 

will be charged the full course tuition rate 

ONLINE COURSES 

REGISTERING FOR ONLINE COURSES 

Registration for online classes opens 

during the seventh week of every quarter

for the upcoming quarter. The deadline for 

registration differs depending on whether 

the student has taken an online class 

before attending an Art Institutes college 

and the start date for the class they wish 

to take. These deadlines are indicated 

in the application packet. There are two 

online course sessions within an academic 

quarter, as defined by The Art Institute Online. 

Each session will run for 5 1/2 weeks 

during any 11 week quarter. Registration 

is a three-step process. The first step to 

register for an online class is to fill out 

an application and receive approval from 

the Academic Director to take an online 

class, and return the application form by 

the specified deadline to the Plus Lead or 

Academic Advisor. Upon evaluation of the 

application, the Plus Lead will either send 

a registration confirmation email to the 

student or a registration denial email stating 

the reason(s) for the denial. Secondly, 

the student is required to inform the Plus 

Lead whether or not they wish to take the 

class by responding to the confirmation 

e-mail. The third step only applies to those 

who are new to online classes. All students 

new to the online program are required to 

take the online orientation, a mini-online 

class that introduces the student to online 

learning. Registration is considered to be 

confirmed once the online orientation is 

completed by the posted deadline. The 

student may complete the online orientation 

anytime up until the deadline. Should 

the student fail to complete the orientation, 

their enrollment in the class will be 

cancelled. 

Note: International students holding 

non-immigrant visa status must contact 

the International Student Advisor before 

commencing online study as there are 

certain immigration regulations restricting 

participation in online courses. 

TEXTBOOK ORDERS FOR 

ONLINE CLASSES 

Once registered for an online course(s), 

the student will need to order the required 

textbook(s) for the class(es) in which he 

or she is enrolled. Textbooks for online 

courses are ordered online or can be 

purchased at a local bookstore if in stock. 

Information will be e-mailed to the student 

regarding textbook purchasing. Please be 

aware textbooks for online courses are 

NOT sold at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota Bookstore. Therefore, since the 

book needs to be ordered and if necessary, 

delivered to the student’s home, 

it is the student’s responsibility to allow 

adequate time for book(s) to be ordered 

and delivered. 

TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 

FOR ONLINE CLASSES 

Each online class may require the student 

to have access to and be proficient with 

various hardware and software applications. 

It is the student’s responsibility 

to meet these requirements. For a full 

listing of software and hardware by class, 

you may either contact the Plus Lead or 

Academic Advisor or go to http://www. 

aionline.edu/catalog. It is also the students’ 

responsibility to keep their hardware 

and software up-to-date. If there are any 

technological problems, the students 

are encouraged to contact eCollege, the 

24-hour/seven days a week help-line at 

800-351-3846. For further information on 

any of the online programs, students are 

encouraged to contact the Plus Lead or an 

Academic Advisor or browse the website 

at http://www.aionline.edu. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION 

IN ONLINE COURSES 

• Access to the required computer 

equipment and software needed for 

the online course 

• No financial holds on student account 

• Successful completion of The Art 

Institute Online orientation 

• A minimum high school or college 

GPA of 2.0 in order to take online 

courses at The Art Institutes 


• An Accuplacer, SAT or ACT score 

places the student in the college level 

English course. Students that need 

to take Transitional English must first 

complete that course before taking 

any online courses. 

Note: Students may be required to take a 

one-credit on-ground companion course 

at the same time they take the 3 credit 

online course to meet the requirements of 


four-credit courses. 

Note: Students are not allowed to take a 

course in Session I that is a pre-requisite 

to the class they are registered for in Session 

II. A prerequisite must be completed 

the quarter before a student is registered 

for the follow up course. 

Note: Students are not allowed to take 

only one Session I online class without 

also taking a Session II online class or an 

on-campus course. 

SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD 

FOR ONLINE COURSES 

The schedule adjustment period for both 

sessions of classes is concurrent with the 

schedule adjustment period for on-campus 

classes, typically during the first week 

of the quarter. Please refer to the official 

schedule for exact dates. Schedule adjustment 

procedures apply to online courses. 

Session I or Session II courses can only be 

dropped during the first week of Session 

I. Students wishing to withdraw from a 

second session class after the schedule 

adjustment period but before the second 

session class starts will receive a “W” or 

“WF” for the class and will be charged 

full price in accordance with the college’s 

policy on course withdrawal. 

REFUND POLICY FOR ONLINE 

COURSE WITHDRAWAL 

Students who choose to withdraw from a 

Session I or Session II online course after 

the schedule adjustment period are treated 

the same way as if they withdrew from an 

on-campus class. Session II classes begin 

the day after the Session I classes end and 

run for five weeks. The schedule adjustment 

period for the Session II is the same 

as the Session I. The ending date of the 

second session may not coincide with the 

ending date of the on-ground companion 

class. The only consideration for a refund 

is if the student withdraws entirely from the 

college. 

TUITION FOR ONLINE COURSES 

Tuition for an online course is the same 

as a standard course; however, there is a 

$100 online lab fee per course charged. 

The fee covers 24-hour unlimited use of 

the eCollege Platform. The fee can be 

covered by Financial Aid. Please talk to an 

Financial Aid Officer for more information. 

COURSE SCHEDULING, 

SEQUENCING AND TITLES 

COURSE SCHEDULING, 

SEQUENCING AND TITLES 


reserves the right to alter or change course 

titles, course content, or the sequencing 

of classes, subject to regulatory approval, 

at any time necessary for the purpose of 

enhancing the education program. The 

current Academic Course catalog holds 

the most current course numbers, course 

titles, course descriptions and prerequisites. 

Please note that course schedules are 

subject to change without notice. Classes 

are dependent on enrollment and may be 

cancelled or rescheduled. Please maintain 

contact with Academic Advisors as they 

will be in touch with students through 

email to reschedule a cancelled class. 

The curriculum at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is organized to develop 

and build students’ knowledge and skills 

in a reasonable progression. To ensure 

that this occurs, some courses have a 

prerequisite course, which is a required 

91

course that must be completed before a 

student is allowed to take another course. 

For example, the prerequisite for English 

II is English I. That means a student must 

successfully complete English I before 

being allowed to enroll in English II. These 

prerequisite courses are indicated in the 

course descriptions in the catalog. 

Course numbering: Each course has a 6 

digit reference code. The first two digits 

of the code refer to the program for that 

course. For example, in GE2411, the 

GE represents General Education. For a 

complete list of the program abbreviations 

refer to the the program curriculum 

listings in this catalog. The following 4 

digits represent other information. The 

first number designates the level of the 

course, the range is 1-4. A number of 1 or 

2 represent lower level courses intended to 

be taken within the students first academic 

year and a half. Numbers 3 or 4 represent 

upper-level courses that are intended for 

student to take in the second half of their 

education. While a course may not have 

a prerequisite the level of the course does 

indicate a level of academic preparedness 

a student should have before taking 

a course. The Academic Director or 

Academic Advisor may use their best 

judgment in determining if a student has 

completed an adequate percentage of 

lower level course work before allowing 

registration for upper level courses. The 

3rd number of the course code is the 

number of credits the course is. The last 

2 digits of the course code are used to 

identify the specific classes. 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 


runs on a quarter calendar. Quarters are 11 

weeks in length, and are designated Fall, 

Winter, Spring and Summer. It is expected 

that students will maintain their enrollment 

throughout four quarters. Breaks are 

scheduled between each term. The normal 

schedule allows three-week breaks in 

study following Fall and Spring Quarters, 

and one-week breaks in study following 

Winter and Summer Quarters. Students 

choosing to take a term off are put in an 

“out of school” status, which has financial 

aid implications. 

A current academic calendar is located 

on the Registrar’s website at 

http://www.aim.aiiresources.com/ 

eventscalendar/=741&Itemid=203. 

COURSE LOAD 

Based on credit hours, course load is 

defined as follows: 

• Full-load: The student is enrolled 

in 16 credit hours in an academic 

quarter 

92 

• Full-time: The student is enrolled 

in 12 credit hours or more in an 

academic quarter 

• Half-time: The student is enrolled in 8 

credit hours in an academic quarter 

• Less than half time: The student 

is enrolled in 4 credit hours in an 

academic quarter 

REPEATING COURSES 

Every course for which a student receives 

a grade of “F,’’ “W,’’ or “WF” must be 

repeated and completed with a passing 

grade prior to his or her final quarter 

of study. A grade of “C-“ or below in 

program milestone/capstone courses, indicates 

that the courses must be repeated 

and completed with a passing grade, prior 

to his or her final quarter of study. The 

original grade/code and the subsequent 

passing grade(s) will remain on the record 

for reference purposes. However, when a 

course is successfully repeated, only the 

passing grade (not the original grade/code) 

will be computed in the grade point average. 

Tuition is charged for repeated courses. 

When a final course grade has been 

established and recorded in the student’s 

record, the grade may only be changed 

with the approval of the Academic Director 

and the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

Note: Transitional courses may only be 

attempted three times. If the student fails 

to complete the transitional course within 

three attempts they will be academically 

dismissed from the college. 

TRANSITIONAL STUDIES 

Transitional Mathematics and English 

courses are designed to re-acquaint students 

with basic Mathematics and English 

skills needed to succeed in all coursework 

at The Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

The goal of the Transitional courses 

is to offer the opportunity to build on English 

and Mathematical skills and prepare 

students for college level requirements 

in English and Mathematics. Transitional 

courses do not count toward degree completion, 

yet are required for all students 

who do not achieve the standardized 

placement scores for college-level English 

and Mathematics. Students are required 

to complete the transitional courses with a 

“C” or higher. Students must successfully 

complete the transitional courses with no 

more than three attempts. Non-completion 

of a transitional course in three attempts 

is grounds for academic termination. 

Students must successfully complete such 

courses in order to progress in the program. 

Transitional Studies course credits 

do not count towards the total number of 

credits for graduation nor do they count 

in the CGPA; however, they do count in 

determining the maximum time frame and 

the incremental completion rate. 

CHANGE OF PROGRAM 

A student may change his or her program 

at any point of his or her enrollment while 

in good academic standing. Students 

will be allowed only one change of major. 

Grades from courses taken in a program 

at the same Art Institute, if applicable to 

a transfer program, will be recorded and 

will affect the student’s CGPA. In cases in 

which a student has graduated from the 

college in one major, and then subsequently 

begins work in a different major, 

grades used in the CGPA of the previous 

program will not be applied to the 

student’s new program CGPA calculation. 

Those courses transferred will apply to 

the new program of study for ICR purposes 

only. 

The maximum allowable timeframe shall 

be calculated as the total number of 

credits in the program minus the number 

of credits applied to the new program of 

study multiplied by 150%. Example: If a 

student transfers 36 credits to a new major 

consisting of 180 credits, the calculation 

would be 180 - 36 = 144 X 150% = 216 

credits. Second example: If a student 

earned 36 credits in the original major 

that are applicable to the new major, 

but transfers 48 credits due to repeating 

failed classes, then the maximum allowable 

timeframe is reduced to 198 credits. 

Courses that apply to the second program 

of study will be recorded as earned credit 

and will affect the student’s CGPA. For ICR 

purposes, earned credit applied to the new 

program will reduce the total number of 

credits that must be attempted within the 

program. Therefore, the maximum allowable 

credits are one and one-half times the 

number of credits remaining to complete 

for graduation. Students who change programs 

and students who change session 

times within the same program must sign a 

new program enrollment form, which must 

be filed in the student’s academic file. 

LEAVES AND 

EXTERNAL TRANSFERS 

TRANSFERRING TO 

NOTHER EDMC SCHOOL 

If a student wishes to transfer to another 

college within the EDMC network of 

schools they should contact the Assistant 

Director of Readmissions at the college 

they intend to attend. The Assistant Director 

of Readmissions will assist the student 

in transferring to the new college. The Student 

should also contact their Academic 

Advisor at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota to discuss the transfer and 

complete a Change of Enrollment form.

A student who has been terminated and 

wishes to transfer to another EDMC school 

must appeal his/her dismissal at the originating 

school and be granted reinstatement 

prior to the transfer. 

WITHDRAWING FROM THE COLLEGE 

To withdraw from The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota, students must 

request a Change of Enrollment form from 

an Academic Advisor. The form allows the 

student to formally state his or her intention 

to leave the institution, and requires 

the student to obtain signatures from the 

following departments: Academic Director, 

Financial Aid, Accounting, Library, 

Technology, Readmissions, and Housing 

(if applicable). International Students must 

also meet with the International Student 

Advisor. 

If the student drops/withdraws from the 

college completely, federal and state refund 

policies are in place and the student 

may be refunded partial tuition. For specific 

information, contact the Accounting 

department. 

ENROLLMENT CHANGE 

Once enrolled, a student is assumed to be 

in continuous enrollment and attendance 

and to be making satisfactory academic 

progress until graduation. The student 

who alters this academic progression in 

any manner is considered to be making a 

“status change” which will require approval 

in advance of the change.The basic status 

changes include: 

1. A change of attendance schedule, 

such as part-time to full-time class 

attendance. 

2. A change of enrollment, such as a 

student no longer attending classes. 

3. A course change, addition, or deletion. 

4. A major change from one program 

of study to another program of study 

(internal transfer) such as a change 

from Web Design & Interactive Media 

to Graphic Design. 

5. Transferring from one Art Institutes 

location to another Art Institutes 

location (external transfer). 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATION FOR 

INTERRUPTED STUDIES - MEDICAL 

AND MILITARY LEAVES 

Occasionally, students are compelled to 

withdraw from school during a term of 

study due to medical or military reasons. 

These leaves are granted at the discretion 

of the Dean of Academic Affairs or 

the President; they take into consideration 

the best interests of the student and The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota. A 

student must submit his or her request 

for leave in writing, with appropriate 

documentation, to the Dean of Academic 

Affairs. To be considered for the leave, 

students shall demonstrate good attendance 

in all classes prior to the leave. This 

consideration would permit the student to 

begin classes in the next quarter of study. 

Failure to return in the next quarter will 

cancel the special leave privilege. Students 

who feel they are eligible for consideration 

should contact their Academic Director or 

Academic Advisor for help with the leave 

procedures. 

READMISSIONS PROCEDURES 

Any student who has left the college for 

any time period must go through the formal 

reentry process. To begin the process, 

the student must meet with the college’s 

Assistant Director of ReAdmissions. The 

Assistant Director of ReAdmissions will 

ensure that the student’s records will be 

reviewed by the following school personnel: 

the Academic Director or Academic 

Advisor will review the student’s Academic 

Progress; Student Accounting will review 

for outstanding balances; if applicable, 

reviews will also be done by Financial 

Aid and Housing. The Dean of Academic 

Affairs has the authority to grant approval 

for readmission. If approval is granted, the 

Assistant Director of ReAdmissions may 

proceed in the facilitation of the readmission 

process. Any student who has not 

attended The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota for one or more quarters will be 

subject to current program requirements 

and standards. 

If a student timed out of all their classes or 

left the institution in poor academic standing, 

that student must first contact the program 

Academic Advisor to begin the process 

for readmission. After meeting with 

the Academic Advisor, the student must 

submit a written request to the Dean of 

Academic Affairs requesting readmission 

and co-author an Academic Improvement 

Plan with the Academic Advisor. The Dean 

will review all relevant academic records, 

the student’s letter, and the Academic 

Improvement Plan when considering the 

student request. Readmission to The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota is at the 

discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

Once the Dean makes the determination 

for readmission, the Academic Advisor will 

contact the student with the decision. If 

the student is approved for readmission, 

that student needs to contact the Assistant 

Director of ReAdmission. If the student 

request is denied by the Dean of Academic 

Affairs, the student must wait one calendar 

year to apply for readmission again. 

Students taking a medical leave, bachelors 

leave, military leave, or who have 

withdrawn properly by submitting a 

Change of Enrollment form, and who were 

in good academic standing at that time, 

must contact the Assistant Director of 

ReAdmissions. The Assistant Director of 

ReAdmissions will facilitate the completion 

of enrollment agreements, meetings with a 

financial planner, course registration, and 

any other student obligations. 

Students who are academically terminated 

for violating the Satisfactory Academic 

Progress Policy must appeal in writing to 

the Dean of Academic Affairs for readmission 

before the start of the quarter in which 

he/she wishes to return. The appeal procedure 

described in the preceding section 

applies. If the appeal is granted, the reentering 

student will be placed on probation 

during the quarter of return. The student 

must meet the minimum standards of the 

SAPP to continue in the program. The student 

must successfully retake courses previously 

failed so that the recalculated GPA 

and successful completion percentage 

meets or exceeds the minimum requirements. 

Some form of academic evaluation 

must be conducted by the Dean or review 

committee to determine that the student 

has the desire and the academic ability 

to progress satisfactorily in the program. 

Students who are academically terminated 

and do not have mitigating circumstances, 

may appeal one year from the date of 

academic termination. 


MISSION STATEMENT 

The General Education Department of 


will foster productive citizens of an everchanging 

world by advancing communication 

abilities, higher order thinking skills, 

and life-long learning in a diverse student 

body with a wide variety of professional 

interests. General Education is committed 

to ethical behavior among faculty and students, 

as we seek to understand our roles 

in our local and global communities. 

GENERAL EDUCATION OBJECTIVES 

1. Students will demonstrate the ability 

to employ analytical skills and to solve 

problems, and discover the interrelationships 

between disciplines. 


to acquire, apply, evaluate, and 

communicate ideas and information. 

3. Students will demonstrate analytical 

skills to explore and appreciate 

diverse forms of human expression 

with a focus on the fine arts and the 

humanities. 

4. Students will identify, apply, and 

analyze concepts related to human 

history and behavior in a variety of 

cultural and disciplinary contexts. 

93


to apply the conceptual foundations of 

science and mathematics. 


REQUIREMENTS 

General Education Requirements 

for AAS Degrees 

All Associate in Applied Science candidates 

must complete the following General 

Education requirements: Thirty two (32) 

General Education credits are required for 

an Associate in Applied Science degree. 

The following distribution requirements 

must be satisfied: Category A: Communication. 

Twelve-quarter credits (eight in 

English Composition and four in Verbal 

Communication) must be taken. Category 

B: Social and Behavioral Science. At 

least four quarter credits must be taken. 

Category C: Mathematics and Natural 

Science. At least four quarter credits must 

be taken. Category D: Humanities. At 

least four-quarter credits must be taken. 

Plus additional general education courses 

(8 credits) selected from two different 

Categories (B, C or D) of the above listed 

groups to make a total of 32 credits of the 

General Education coursework required for 

an Associate in Applied Science degree. 

Transitional courses are not included in the 

General Education total. General Education 

transfer credits will be applied toward 

the requirements in each of the four categories 

listed above 

General Education Requirements for BS 

or BFA Degrees 

All Bachelor’s degree candidates must 

complete the following general education 

requirements. Fifty-six (56) general education 

credits are required for a Bachelor of 

Science or a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree. 

The following distribution requirements 

must be satisfied: Category A: Communication. 

Sixteen-quarter credits (eight in 

English Composition and four in Verbal 

Communication) must be taken. Category 

B: Social and Behavioral Science. At 

least eight-quarter credits must be taken. 

Category C: Mathematics and Natural 

Science. At least eight quarter credits 

must be taken. Category D: Humanities. 

At least eight-quarter credits must be 

taken. Plus additional general education 

courses (8 credits from the lower division 

electives and 8 credits from the upper division 

electives) selected from two different 

Categories (B, C or D) of the above listed 

groups to make a total of 56 credits of the 

General Education coursework required for 

a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Fine 

Arts degree. Transitional courses are not 

included in the General Education total. 

General Education transfer credits will be 

applied toward the requirements in each of 

the four categories listed above. 

94 

ADDITIONAL LEARNING 

EXPERIENCES 

STUDY TRIPS 


arranges study trips to local cultural and 

commercial sites. These visits are an 

integral part of each student’s training and 

offer a chance for valuable exposure to 

places and events relating to the student’s 

field of study. In addition to local study 

trips to support the curriculum, out-oftown 

seminars and visits may be planned 

in individual programs. The costs related 

to optional study trips are not included in 

regular tuition or fees. 

EXHIBITION OF STUDENT WORK 

Student artwork is important to The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. Such 

artwork is of great benefit in teaching other 

students and in demonstrating the nature 

and value of the programs. It is used 

by admissions representatives to show 

prospective students and counselors what 


students have achieved. Student artwork 

is also a basic part of the catalog, other 

publications, and exhibitions illustrating 

the programs at the college. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota reserves 

the right to use the artwork of its students, 

with their permission, for such purposes. 

GRADUATION 

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

In order to graduate, a student must: 

• receive a passing grade or credit for 

all required course work 

• earn the minimum required credits for 

the program 

• achieve a minimum CGPA of 2.0 and 

a minimum ICR of 66.67% 

• meet portfolio or other requirements, 

if applicable 

• satisfy all financial obligations with 


Minnesota 

• complete a graduation clearance form 

It is the practice of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota to round GPA and 

CGPA points to the nearest tenth percent 

for the purpose of determining academic 

progress. No more than 75% of the total 

required credits for graduation may be 

transferred from another institution. Transfer 

credits are not used to determine grade 

point average. 

FINAL QUARTER 

During the final quarter of enrollment at 


graduates must complete course work by 

the end of Week 10. Faculty are required to 

submit final graduate grades by Monday of 

Week 11. This ensures that all graduation 

requirements have been met and that the 

student is eligible for graduation. Students 

should inform their faculty members during 

the first week of the term that they are 

graduating. Faculty members will then 

work with the student to ensure a revised 

timeline is developed to accommodate the 

shortened term. Because of the shortened 

term, students in their graduating quarter 

are not allowed to take session II online 

courses. 

CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION 

TO PROMOTE ACADEMIC 

excellence and to recognize exemplary 

academic achievement, the following honors 

designations will be issued on a term 

basis and upon graduation. 

TERM GPA HONORS DESIGNATION 

Students who enroll for and complete 12 

credits or more and meet the following 

criteria may receive the corresponding 

designation: 

4.0 - President’s Honor Roll 

3.7 - 3.9 - Dean’s Honor Roll 

3.5 - 3.6 - Honor Roll 

HONOR DESIGNATION AT 

GRADUATION 

Students who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or 

better are designated as Honor Graduates. 

Transitional studies classes are not considered 

when evaluating honors designations. 

PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENTS 

Graduating students from all programs 

must pass a required course in which a 

portfolio or final project is produced. The 

portfolio or project must meet the standards 

established by the school for entrylevel 

employment. The portfolio, in some 

departments, may be evaluated by a committee. 

An outline of portfolio standards, 

projects, and general criteria is provided 

to students within each program through 

the required Portfolio or Capstone course. 

These portfolio requirements are periodically 

reviewed; The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota reserves the right to alter 

or modify the portfolio requirements at any 

time it is deemed to be in the best interest 

of graduating students to enhance their 

career employment potential. Students will 

show their portfolio or project work at the 

end of the quarter in which they actually 

graduate.

PORTFOLIO REVIEW 


is proud to offer a portfolio show for its 

graduating students. It is intended to 

celebrate work and accomplishments of 

the graduating students and to showcase 

their work for family, friends, staff, faculty, 

employers, and continuing students. 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 


(Ai Minnesota) provides a wide variety 

of support services to help students 

complete their academic programs and 

reach their career goals. Student Affairs 

functions as a department which extends 

student learning and development beyond 

the classroom. It is the goal of Student Affairs 

not only to provide a quality environment, 

which meets students’ basic needs, 

but also to provide an array of services 

and programs, which enhance student 

development and success at Ai Minnesota. 

The areas within Student Affairs include: 

student housing, counseling, disability 

services, student health insurance, 

student activities encompassing clubs 

and organizations, programs and activities 

and leadership opportunities; international 

student advising, study abroad and new 

student orientation. 

Student Affairs is continually striving 

to provide students with critical learning 

experiences to help students live as 

responsible members of a community, 

and to care for their personal, physical, 

emotional, spiritual and social lives. The 

department encourages the involvement of 

students, faculty and staff in activities that 

encourage awareness, creative expression 

and social and professional development. 

For more information about the Student 

Affairs Department, visit http://www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis/StudentLife/ 

STUDENT CLUBS AND 

ORGANIZATIONS 

Student clubs and organizations are a 

great way to meet other Ai Minnesota students, 

connect with those who have similar 

interests, develop leadership skills, and 

network within the campus community. 

For additional information about clubs and 

organizations contact Julie Kesterke in 

the Student Affairs Department, located in 

room Pence 209. 

STUDENT EVENTS 

AND ACTIVITIES 

The Student Activities calendar includes an 

array of events and activities ranging from 

movie events, open forums, video game 

nights, scavenger hunts, crafts, trivia, and 

discount tickets for a variety of events 

around the cities. Student feedback about 

events is always welcomed. Stop by the 

Office of Student Affairs located in room 

Pence 209 and ask for Julie Kesterke. 

COUNSELING SERVICES 

Counseling services are professional, confidential 

and free of charge to Ai Minnesota 

students. These services are provided by 

professional counselors and graduate level 

student interns. Services are available on 

campus by appointment or walk-in, depending 

on availability. We also provide off 

campus community resource referrals. 

Counseling services maintains an on-sight 

food shelf, providing nonperishable food 

items and miscellaneous hygiene products 

for student needs. 

DISABILITY SERVICES 

The disability services coordinator assists 

qualified students with documented 

disabilities in acquiring reasonable and 

appropriate academic adjustments and in 

supporting their success at Ai Minnesota 

Ai Minnesota is committed to providing 

qualified students with a disability an 

equal opportunity to access the benefits, 

rights, and privileges of college services, 

programs, and activities in compliance 

with The American with Disabilities Act 

and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act 

of 1973. 

Students who believe they are in need of 

academic adjustments should contact the 

Student Affairs department, room Pence 

209 or telephone number 612-332-3361. 

If you have a concern or complaint in this 

regard, please contact the Dean of Student 

Affairs in room Pence 209, or call 612-332- 

3361. Complaints will be handled in accordance 

with the College’s Student Grievance 

Procedure for Internal Complaints of 

Discrimination and Harassment. 

HEALTH INSURANCE 

Ai Minnesota strongly encourages all 

students to maintain adequate health 

insurance while attending school. Students 

can enroll on-line in the student medical 

insurance program sponsored by National 

Collegiate Underwriters & Administrators, 

Inc. For more information or to enroll 

please visit: https://secure.visit-aci.com/ai/ 

INTERNATIONAL 

STUDENT ADVISING 

International students are an important 

part of our Art Institutes community. We 

have approximately ten international 

students from seven countries. The 

International Student Advisor (ISA) assists 

international students from their day 

of arrival in the United States, through 

graduation and the completion of practical 

training. The purpose of the ISA is to 

provide exceptional service to international 

students by offering the necessary tools to 

be successful in your academic, personal 

and professional challenges. 

LEADERSHIP OPPORTUNITIES 

Students are invited to explore the wide 

range of leadership opportunities available 

to them. The programs and resources are 

designed to provide students with realworld 

leadership training and experience 

that will be helpful upon graduation. 

The main leadership opportunities on 

campus include Student Advisory Council 

and PACE. Both are advised out of Student 

Affairs and give students an outlet 

for leadership and to make a difference on 

campus. 

LIFE SKILLS WORKSHOPS 

These workshops are designed to provide 

fun, informative and experiential learning 

related to living a healthy lifestyle. Past 

workshop topics include: effective communication, 

time and stress management, 

assertiveness, healthy decision-making, 

relationships and diversity. 

STUDY ABROAD 

The Art Institutes Study Abroad program 

provides students the opportunity to 

expand and improve their learning through 

international study. Students will gain 

knowledge and experience that will assist 

them in preparing for success in a global 

economy. Led by instructors from The Art 

Institutes system of schools, programs 

vary in length and may be credit or noncredit 

bearing. 

Past study abroad programs have taken 

students throughout the world to countries 

including Austria, China, Costa Rica, England, 

Finland, France, Germany, Greece, 

Italy, Japan, Switzerland, and Wales. 

RESIDENCE LIFE 

AND HOUSING 

The Residence Life department is 

dedicated to helping students meet their 

housing needs throughout their tenure at 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

The living arrangement students choose is 

important to their well being and success 

while attending The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. 

STUDENT HOUSING 

Ai Minnesota offers student suites at 

The District on Delaware near downtown 

Minneapolis. The District offers congenial, 

convenient, clean, comfortable student 

housing with both private bedroom/private 

bathroom and a limited number of shared 

95

occupancy options. Included in the price 

per quarter are the following: all utilities, 

Internet, expanded cable with HBO, and 

furnishings. 

Furnishings for the private bedroom/private 

bath option includes: 

• A kitchen with full-sized appliances 

• Full-sized beds 

• Two dressers and one desk plus a 

chair per student 

• Two wardrobe closets per student 

• One dinette table with chairs per suite 

• One sofa and loveseat per suite 

Furnishings for the shared occupancy option 

includes: 

• A kitchen with full-sized appliances 

• Twin bunk beds 

• One dresser and one desk plus a 

chair per student 

• One wardrobe closet per student 

• One dinette table with chairs per suite 

• One sofa and loveseat per suite 

INDEPENDENT HOUSING 

We have collected a number of Internet 

and publication resources that can assist 

students who are looking for housing outside 

of Ai Minnesota student housing. This 

information is available in the Residence 

Life & Housing office. Ai Minnesota does 

not endorse, screen, or recommend any 

specific apartment community, landlord, or 

apartment placement firm. 

STUDENT CODE 

OF CONDUCT 


promotes learning and the development 

of integrated, whole persons. Students 

may expect that the institution and all its 

members will treat them as adults and as 

full participants in the educational process. 


strives to be a community characterized as 

thinking, caring, inclusive, and active. Such 

a community requires that its members, 

having made a choice to join the community, 

strive to improve themselves, affirm 

others, and actively involve themselves in 

enhancing the community. These ideals 

require that we have explicit, clear, and 

high expectations for one another. These 

expectations are that: 

• We take responsibility for our own 

learning and personal development; 

96 

• We challenge each other to develop 

intellectually and ethically; 

• We practice personal and academic 

integrity; 

• We consider and seek to understand 

different ideas and viewpoints; 

• We conduct ourselves with dignity 

and civility in our interactions with 

one another; 

• We care about others’ welfare and 

seek to be responsive to their needs; 

• We strive to keep one another safe 

from physical and emotional harm; 

• We respect the dignity and worth of 

all persons; 

• We celebrate human differences in 

their many forms; 

• We confront bigotry with caring and 

without compromise; 

• We respect the rights and property 

of others; 

• We take responsibility for our actions, 

bear the consequences of those 

actions and learn from them; 

• We challenge others to take 

responsibility for their actions, to 

bear the consequences, and to learn 

from them. 

I. GUIDING PRINCIPLES: 


(Ai Minnesota) recognizes its students 

as responsible and dedicated men and 

women who are preparing for career 

employment. An integral part of their 

career and professional development is the 

expectation that they conduct themselves 

during the education process in the same 

manner as will be expected in all employment 

situations. 

As members of the College community, 

students have responsibilities and duties 

commensurate with their rights and 

privileges. In this policy, Ai Minnesota 

provides guidance to students regarding 

those standards of student conduct 

and behavior that it considers essential to 

its educational mission. This policy also 

provides guidance regarding the types of 

conduct that infringe upon the fulfillment of 

the Institute’s mission. 

II. SCOPE 

This Student Conduct Policy applies to all 

students and student organizations at Ai 

Minnesota. 

III. REACH 

The Student Conduct Policy shall apply 

to student conduct that occurs on College 

premises including online platforms, 

at College-sponsored activities, student 

organization sponsored events or in 

College Housing. At the discretion of the 

Chief Conduct Officer (Dean or Director 

of Student Affairs, Director of Student 

Services, Dean of Academic Affairs or a 

delegate as appointed by the President of 

Ai Minnesota), the Policy also shall apply 

to off-campus student conduct when the 

conduct, as alleged, adversely affects a 

substantial college interest and potentially 

violates a campus policy. 

IV. RESPONSIBILITIES OF 

DUAL MEMBERSHIP: 

Students are both members of the College 

community and citizens of the state. As 

citizens, students are responsible to the 

community of which they are a part, and, 

as students, they are responsible to the 

academic community of the College and 

to other individuals who make up the community. 

By enforcing its Student Conduct 

Policy, the College neither substitutes for 

nor interferes with other civil or criminal 

legal processes. When a student is 

charged in both jurisdictions, the College 

will decide on the basis of its interests, 

the interests of affected students, and 

the interests of the community whether to 

proceed with its disciplinary process or to 

defer action. 

V. DISCIPLINARY OFFENSES: 

The offenses listed below are given as 

examples only. Ai Minnesota may sanction 

other conduct not specifically included on 

this list. 

1. Academic Dishonesty 

a) Plagiarism 

b) Cheating on assignments or 

examinations 

c) Engaging in unauthorized 

collaboration on academic work 

d) Taking, acquiring or using test 

materials without faculty permission 

e) Submitting false or incomplete 

records of academic achievement; 

f) Altering, forging or misusing a College 

academic record; 

g) Fabricating or falsifying data, 

research procedures, or data 

analysis; 

h) Deceiving the College and/or its 

officials. 

2. Illegal or Unauthorized Possession or 

Use of Weapons

a) Possession or use of firearms, 

explosives, dangerous chemicals, 

or other weapons, likenesses of 

weapons, on college property or at 

college sponsored functions, except 

where possession is required 

by law. [For example, Florida has 

a law that prohibits employers from 

barring employees from storing 

lawfully registered firearms in their 

cars on employer property] 

3. Sexual Assault or Nonconsensual 

Contact 

a) Any form of unwanted sexual attention 

or unwanted sexual contact 

4. Threatening, Violent or Aggressive 

Conduct 

a) Assault, battery, or any other form 

of physical abuse of a student or 

college employee 

b) Fighting or physical altercation 

c) Conveyance of threats by any 

means of communication including, 

but not limited to, threats of 

physical abuse and threats to 

damage or destroy college property 

or the property of other students 

or college employees 

d) Any conduct that threatens the 

health or safety of another individual 

one’s own self or another 

individual Threats to commit selfharm 

and/ or actual incidents of 

self-harm by any student 

5. Theft, Property Damage and Vandalism 

a) Theft, attempted theft, vandalism/ 

damage, or defacing of college 

property, college controlled 

property or the property of another 

student, faculty, staff member or 

guests. 

b) Extortion 

c) Setting fires, tampering with fire 

safety and/or fire fighting equipment 

6. Disruptive or Disorderly Conduct 

Disruptive Behavior, such as, 

Interference with the normal operations 

of the college (i.e., disruption of 

teaching and administrative functions, 

disciplinary procedures, pedestrian 

or vehicular traffic, or other college 

activities) a) Disruptive Classroom 

Conduct, such as, 

Engaging in behavior that substantially 

or repeatedly interrupts either the 

instructor’s ability to teach or student 

learning. The classroom extends 

to any setting where a student is 

engaged in work toward academic 

credit or satisfaction of program-based 

requirements or related activities, or 

Use of cell phones and pagers during 

scheduled classroom times 

Disorderly Conduct, such as, 

i. Disorderly, lewd, indecent, or obscene 

conduct. This would include but is not 

limited to any type of clothing, gang 

colors, gang symbols or materials 

worn or brought onto the premises 

by any student or guest deemed to 

be lewd, indecent or obscene as 

determined by college officials 

ii. Breach of peace on college property 

or at any college-sponsored or 

supervised program 

iii. Any in-school or off-campus act 

considered inappropriate or as an 

example of misconduct that adversely 

affects the interests of Ai Minnesota 

and/or its reputation 

7. Illegal or Unauthorized Possession or 

Use of Drugs or Alcohol 

a) Use, sale, possession or distribution 

of illegal or controlled substances, 

drug or drug paraphernalia 

on college property or at any 

function sponsored or supervised 

by the college. 

b) Being under the influence of illegal 

or controlled substances on 

college property, or at any college 

function 

c) Use, sale, possession or distribution 

of alcoholic beverages on 

college property or at any function 

sponsored or supervised by the 

college. 

d) Being under the influence of alcohol 

on college property or at any 

college function is also prohibited 

8. Verbal Assault, Defamation and 

Harassment 

a) Verbal abuse of a student or college 

employee 

b) Harassment by any means of any 

individual, including coercion and 

personal abuse. Harassment includes 

but is not limited to, written 

or verbal acts or uses of technology, 

which have the effect of 

harassing or intimidating a person 

c) Harassment based on sex, race, 

color, national origin, religion, 

sexual orientation, age, disability 

or any other criteria protected by 

state, federal or local law. 

9. Hazing 

a) Any form of “hazing” and any act 

that endangers the safety of a student, 

or that destroys or removes 

public or private property, for the 

purpose of initiation, admission 

into, affiliation with, or as a condition 

for continued membership in 

a group or organization. “Hazing” 

includes any method of initiation 

or pre-initiation into a student club 

or any pastime or amusement 

engaged in with respect to such 

a club that causes, or is likely to 

cause, bodily danger, physical 

harm, or personal degradation or 

disgrace resulting in physical or 

mental harm, to any student or 

other person attending the college. 

10. Falsification 

Willfully providing college officials with 

false, misleading or incomplete information 

a) Forgery, falsification, alteration 

or misuse of college documents, 

records or identification with the 

intent to injure, defraud, or misinform. 

b) Violation of school safety regulations, 

including but not limited to 

setting fires, tampering with fire 

safety and/or fire fighting equipment, 

failure to exit during fire drill, 

turning in false fire alarms and 

bomb threats 

11. Abuse of Ai Minnesota disciplinary 

system, including but not limited to: 

a) Failure to obey the summons of a 

disciplinary body or college official 

b) Falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation 

of information before a 

disciplinary body or college official 

c) Disruption or interference with the 

orderly conduct of a disciplinary 

proceeding 

d) Attempting to influence the impartiality 

of a member of a disciplinary 

body prior to and/or during the 

course of the disciplinary proceeding 

e) Verbal or physical harassment and/ 

or intimidation of a member of a 

disciplinary body prior to, during, 

and/or after the disciplinary proceeding 

f) Failure to comply with the 

sanction(s) imposed under the 

student conduct policy 

g) Influencing or attempting to influence 

another person to commit an 

97

98 

abuse of the disciplinary system 

12. Unauthorized Use or Misuse of 

College Facilities 

a) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized 

use of, or misuse of college 

property, including computers and 

data and voice communication 

networks. 

13. Violation of Federal or State Laws 

a) Violation of federal, state or local 

laws and college rules and 

regulations on college property or 

at college-sanctioned or collegesponsored 

functions 

14. Insubordination 

a) Persistent or gross acts of willful 

disobedience or defiance toward 

college personnel 

b) Failure to comply with direction of 

college officials, faculty, staff or 

security officers who are acting in 

the performance of their duties 

c) Failure to exit during fire drill 

d) Failure to identify oneself when on 

college property or at a collegesponsored 

or supervised functions, 

upon request of college official 

acting in the performance of his/ 

her duties 

15. Violations of College Rules 

a) Violations by guest of a student 

on college property. Students are 

responsible for the actions of their 

guests 

b) Violation of school safety regulations 

c) Smoking in classrooms or other 

college buildings or areas unless 

designated as a smoking area 

d) Any violation of the student housing 

license agreement, rules and 

regulations and/or the collegesponsored 

housing student handbook 

e) Any violation of the institutions 

policies on the responsible use 

of technology including but not 

limited to 

I. The theft or abuse of zcomputer, 

email, Internet or Intranet 

resources 

II. Unauthorized entry into a file, 

to use, read, or change the 

contents, of for any other 

purpose 

III. Unauthorized transfer of a file 

IV. Unauthorized downloading 

of copyrighted materials in 

violation of law 

V. Unauthorized use of another 

individual’s identification and/or 

password 

VI. Use of computing facilities 

to interfere with the work 

of another student, faculty 

member, or school official 

VII. Use of computing facilities 

to send obscene or abusive 

messages 

VIII. Use of computing facilities to 

interfere with normal operation 

of the school’s computing 

system 

f) Failure to satisfy school financial 

obligations 

The above list is illustrative only, and Ai 

Minnesota may sanction other conduct not 

specifically included on this list. 

VI. SANCTIONS: 

Ai Minnesota may impose sanctions for 

violations of the student conduct policy. 

The type of sanction imposed may vary 

depending upon the seriousness of the 

violation(s). Ai Minnesota reserves the 

right to immediately impose the most 

severe sanction if circumstances merit. 

Although not exhaustive, the following list 

represents the types of sanctions that may 

be imposed upon any student or student 

organization found to have violated the 

student conduct policy: 

1. Warning: A notice in writing that a 

student has failed to meet some 

aspect of the school’s standards and 

expectations 

2. Probation: Probation is used for 

repeated violations or a specific 

violation of a serious nature. The Chief 

Conduct Officer or his/her delegate 

defines the terms of probation. 

3. Discretionary Sanctions: The student 

will be required to complete an 

educational service, attend counseling, 

or have restricted privileges. 

4. Removal from Sponsored Housing: 

The student will be immediately 

dismissed from school-sponsored 

housing. The student will be required 

to vacate the premises according to 

the terms of the sanction. 

5. Suspension: Separation of the student 

from the school for a pre-determined 

period of time. The student may be 

able to return to school once specified 

conditions for readmission are met. 

The student may not attend classes, 

visit college-sponsored housing, use 

school facilities, participate in or attend 

college activities, or be employed by 

the school during his/her suspension. 

6. Expulsion: The student will 

be expelled from Ai Minnesota 

immediately. The student will not 

be permitted to continue his or her 

studies at the college and may not 

return to the college or to collegesponsored 

housing or activities at any 

time or for any reason. 

7. Restitution: Compensation for loss or 

damage to property leased, owned 

or controlled by the school. This may 

take the form of monetary or material 

replacement. 

The above list is only a general guideline. 

Some sanctions may be omitted, and 

other sanctions not listed above may be 

used. 

VII. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: 

Complaint 

Any member of Ai Minnesota community 

may file a complaint against any student 

for misconduct or for otherwise being in 

violation of Ai Minnesota policies. 

1. The complaint shall be prepared 

in writing and directed to the Chief 

Conduct Officer or his/her delegate. 

2. The written complaint should include 

the nature of the offense, date, 

approximate time and location of 

incident. The name of the victim, 

offender and any witness/s may be 

included. 

3. Complaints should be submitted within 

48 hours after the alleged violation 

occurred unless there are extenuating 

circumstances requiring a longer 

timeframe. 

The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate 

may review and investigate the complaint 

to determine if the allegations have factual 

merit, to identify violations of the student 

conduct policy, and to impose sanctions 

for such violations. 

Generally, the accused should be given the 

opportunity to tell his or her account of the 

situation and to provide this information, 

in writing, unless Ai Minnesota determines 

that the circumstances do not warrant 

disclosure of some or all of the facts. 

SEARCH OF STUDENT’S PROPERTY 

Students have no expectation of privacy in 

their personal property while on campus. 

Ai Minnesota reserves the right to search 

the contents of students’ personal property 

or belongings at any time and for any 

reason, including when there is reasonable

suspicion on the part of the Institute staff 

that a risk to the health, safety or welfare 

of students, and/or the school community 

exists and including searches pursuant to 

an investigation of potential wrong doing. 

This includes but is not limited to vehicles 

brought onto property leased, owned or 

controlled by the school, backpacks, portfolios 

and clothing. This policy also applies 

to student property in school-sponsored 

housing, student e-mail and/or computers. 

NOTIFICATION AND DETERMINATION 

OF VIOLATIONS THAT WARRANT 

DISCIPLINARY MEETING 

1. The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate 

may choose to conduct a disciplinary 

meeting. Potential attendees include a 

student or students, the Chief Conduct 

Officer or his/her delegate and others 

who may have relevant information. 

The student should receive advance 

notice of the allegations and the 

reason for the meeting. After the 

meeting, 

2. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her 

delegate may render and communicate 

the decision to the student in writing, 

which shall describe the violation and 

the sanctions imposed, if any, and the 

student’s right to appeal. If the Chief 

Conduct Officer determines that there 

was no violation, that decision may be 

documented in writing to the student 

as well. 

a. If a student fails to appear for the 

meeting, the Chief Conduct Officer 

or his/her delegate may make a 

determination of violations of Ai 

Minnesota policies on the basis of 

the information available, and impose 

sanctions for such violations. 

NOTIFICATION AND DETERMINATION 

OF VIOLATIONS THAT WARRANT 

DISCIPLINARY HEARING 

In some cases, involving serious violations, 

the Chief Conduct Officer or delegate, 

hereby referred to as “Hearing Officer”, in 

his or her sole discretion, may choose to 

assemble a disciplinary panel to adjudicate 

the process. 

1. The Hearing Officer may immediately 

(before a hearing takes place) 

remove the student from the campus 

community pursuant to an Interim 

Suspension until the Disciplinary Panel 

is convened. (see interim suspension) 

2. The student should receive advance 

notice of the allegations and the 

reason for the meeting. A student may 

forego attendance at the hearing and 

a determination of the sanction will be 

made by the Disciplinary Panel 

3. Hearings normally shall be conducted 

in private. The Disciplinary Hearing 

is an academic hearing, not a legal 

hearing. Therefore, legal counsel is 

not allowed at the hearing. 

4. The student may be accompanied by 

one person (family member, friend, etc) 

to provide support. The committee 

may prohibit from attending or 

remove any person who disrupts the 

proceedings of the committee 

5. In Hearings involving more than one 

student, the Hearing Officer, in his 

or her discretion, may permit the 

hearing concerning each student to be 

conducted separately. 

6. The Disciplinary Panel may hear from 

any person who may have relevant 

information and the Panel may review 

any documents presented to them. 

a. Pertinent records, documents and 

written statements may be considered 

by the Hearing Officer at his/ 

her discretion 

b. The Disciplinary Panel may ask 

questions and may seek information 

not provided to it. 

7. The Disciplinary Panel may determine 

whether it is more likely than not that a 

violation occurred. The Panel should 

communicate to the Hearing Officer 

its decision and its recommended 

sanction, if any. 

8. After the Hearing, the Hearing Officer 

will issue a written decision to the 

accused student which identifies 

the accusations and the panel’s 

conclusions, any sanctions, and the 

student’s right of appeal. 

9. In general, the accused should have 

access to the documentation reviewed 

by the panel, however identifying 

names and information may be 

removed from the documentation 

when necessary to protect other 

student’s privacy rights. 

DISCIPLINARY PANEL 

A Disciplinary Panel may consist of members 

of the college Executive Committee, 

Campus Staff, Faculty or Student Body. 

When students are permitted on the panel, 

the accused student should sign a form 

granting permission to release his/her 

educational records to a student serving 

on the panel. Failure to sign the permission 

constitutes an agreement to have no 

student on the panel. 

Administrative Interim Suspension 

Students may be administratively sus- 

pended on an interim basis when: 

(1) serious allegations are being 

investigated 

(2) serious allegations are pending before 

a disciplinary panel 

(3 in advance of a disciplinary panel 

hearing; or 

(4) when a student potentially poses a 

threat of harm to himself, to others, 

or to property of the Institute or a 

member of the Institute community 

During the interim suspension, students 

are denied access to college-sponsored 

housing and/or to the school (including 

classes, labs, library) and/or all other 

school activities or privileges for which 

the student might otherwise be eligible, 

as the Chief Conduct Officer or designee 

may determine to be appropriate. This 

interim suspension period should last no 

longer than three business days, and the 

Chief Conduct Officer or delegate may 

make reasonable provisions to provide for 

accommodations of a student in school 

sponsored housing. 

The interim suspension is not to be considered 

disciplinary, but it is a tool to separate 

potential adversaries until a reasoned 

decision can be made. 

VIII. APPEAL PROCEDURES: 

Students have a right to appeal disciplinary 

actions when they believe they have 

extenuating circumstances or believe to 

have been treated in an arbitrary or biased 

fashion or without adherence to Ai Minnesota 

policies and procedures. 

• During an appeal, the student should 

continue to obey the terms of the 

decision, i.e., a student who has 

been suspended from school may 

not be on school property, a student 

dismissed from school-sponsored 

housing must leave in accordance 

with the directions indicated in the 

decision 

• The student must write a letter of 

appeal in the student’s own words, 

addressed to the President of Ai 

Minnesota or his/her delegate. 

This letter must clearly state the 

extenuating circumstances or the 

grounds for believing the decision 

was arbitrary or biased or that it was 

without adherence to [school name] 

policies and procedures, and provide 

any supporting documentation. It 

must be delivered to the President 

or his/her delegate within seven 

calendar days following the student’s 

receipt of the decision. 

99

• Students should provide 

documentation to support the 

allegations of the appeal. 

• The President or his/her delegate 

may appoint an ad hoc committee 

to review appeals and make 

a recommendation regarding 

disposition of the appeal within 30 

days of the date of receipt of the 

appeal. This committee will be 

comprised of faculty or staff members 

not involved in making the initial 

disciplinary decision. 

• The President and/or the committee 

may decide to convene an appeal 

hearing. The student will be notified 

in writing of the date and time of the 

appeal. The student is expected to 

attend the meeting, and failure to 

do so, for other than documented 

emergencies, may be considered 

forfeiture of the right to present 

further information regarding the 

appeal. 

• The student making the appeal 

may be provided an opportunity to 

address the committee in person. The 

student may be accompanied by one 

person (family member, friend, etc) 

as an observer. The committee may 

prohibit from attending or remove any 

person who disrupts the proceedings 

of the committee. 

• The Appeal Committee is an 

academic hearing, not a legal hearing. 

Therefore, legal counsel is not 

allowed at the meeting. 

• Audio recording of the academic 

hearing is not permitted. Minutes of 

the meeting are confidential. 

• Following appropriate review and 

deliberation, the committee will 

report back to the President or his/ 

her delegate with its recommendation 

following its review of the appeal. 

The President or his/her delegate 

will render a written decision on the 

appeal within thirty calendar days 

from receipt of the appeal. The 

decision will be final. 

For more information about Student Affairs 

and its policies, visit http://www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis/StudentLife/. 

NO HARASSMENT POLICY 


is committed to providing workplaces and 

learning environments that are free from 

harassment on the basis of any protected 

100 

classification including, but not limited to 

race, sex, gender, color, religion, sexual 

orientation, age, national origin, disability, 

medical condition, marital status, veteran 

status or on any other basis protected 

by law. Such conduct is unprofessional, 

unproductive, illegal, and generally considered 

bad for business. Consequently, 

all conduct of this nature is expressly 

prohibited, regardless of whether it violates 

any law. 

I. DEFINITION OF SEXUAL 

HARASSMENT 

Sexual harassment consists of unwelcome 

sexual advances, requests for sexual 

favors, or other verbal or physical conduct 

of a sexual nature where: 

a. Submission to such conduct is an 

explicit or implicit term or condition 

of a person’s status in a course, 

program, activity, or in admission, or 

in an academic decision. 

b. Submission to or rejection of such 

conduct is used as a basis for an 

academic decision; or 

c. Such conduct has the purpose or 

effect of unreasonably interfering 

with an individual’s work or academic 

performance or creating an intimidating, 

hostile, or offensive work or 

educational environment. 

Examples of sexual harassment include, 

but are not limited to: unwanted sexual 

advances; demands for sexual favors in 

exchange for favorable treatment; verbal 

abuse of a sexual nature; graphic commentary 

about an individual’s body, sexual 

prowess, or sexual deficiencies; leering; 

whistling; touching; pinching; assault; 

coerced sexual acts; suggestive, insulting 

or obscene comments or gestures; stalking; 

and displaying sexually suggestible 

objects or pictures. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota prohibits all conduct 

of this nature whether or not such conduct 

violates any applicable laws. 

II. OTHER FORMS OF HARASSMENT 

Verbal abuse, insulting comments and 

gestures, and other harassing conduct 

are also forbidden under this policy when 

directed at an individual because of his 

or her race, color, sex, sexual orientation, 

familial status, age, religion, ethnic origin, 

or disability. It is the responsibility of each 

employee and each student to conduct 

himself or herself in a professional manner 

at all times and to refrain from such 

harassment. 

III. COMPLAINT PROCEDURE 

Students who feel they have been harassed 

should follow the Student Grievance 

Procedure for Internal Complaints of 

Harassment and Discrimination located 

in the Student Handbook. Promptly after 

learning of such alleged conduct, The 


conduct an investigation for the purpose of 

determining whether prohibited harassment 

has occurred. Efforts will be made 

to ensure confidentiality to the extent 

consistent with the goal of conducting an 

appropriate investigation. Students who 

initiate or participate in such investigations 

in good faith will be protected 

against school-related retaliation. If an 

investigation confirms the allegations, The 


take prompt corrective action, which may 

include discipline, up to and including immediate 

dismissal. 

FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS 

AND PRIVACY ACT 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy 

Act of 1974, as amended (“FERPA”) sets 

out requirements designed to afford 

students certain rights with respect to their 

education records. In addition, it puts limits 

on what information The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota may disclose to 

third parties without receiving prior written 

consent from the student. 

I. PROCEDURE TO INSPECT 

EDUCATIONAL RECORDS: 

Students have the right under FERPA 

to inspect and review their education 

records. A student who wishes to inspect 

and review his/her records should submit 

a written request to the Registrar. The 

request should identify as precisely as 

possible the records the student wishes 

to inspect. If the requested records are 

subject to inspection and review by the 

student, arrangements for access will be 

made within a reasonable period of time 

but in no case more than 45 days after the 

request was made, and the student will be 

notified of the time and place where the 

records may be inspected. The school 

may require the presence of a school official 

during the inspection and review of a 

student’s records. 

Certain limitations exist on a student’s right 

to inspect and review their own education 

records. Those limitations include, for 

example, the following: 

i. financial information submitted 

by parents; 

ii. confidential letters and 

recommendations placed in their 

files prior to January 1, 1975; 

iii. confidential letters and 

recommendations placed in 

their files after January 1, 1975

to which the student has waived 

his or her right to inspect and 

review and that are related 

to the student’s admission, 

application for employment or 

job placement, or receipt of 

honors. 

In addition, the term “education record” 

does not include certain types of records 

such as, by way of example, records of 

instructional, supervisory, administrative, 

and certain educational personnel that 

are in the sole possession of the maker 

thereof, and are not accessible or revealed 

to any other individual except a substitute. 

When a record contains personally identifiable 

information about more than one student, 

the student may inspect and review 

only the information that relates to him/her 

personally. 

II. DISCLOSURE OF EDUCATIONAL 

RECORDS: 


generally will not permit disclosure of 

personally identifiable information from 

the records of a student without prior 

written consent of the student. Personally 

identifiable information is disclosed (some 

items are mandatory, some discretionary) 

from the records of a student without that 

student’s prior written consent to the following 

individuals or institutions or in the 

following circumstances: 

1. To The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota officials who have been 

determined by the school to have 

legitimate educational interests in the 

records. A school official is 

a. person employed by the school or 

its corporate parent in an administrative, 

supervisory, academic or 

research, or support staff position. 

This includes, but is not limited to 

human resources and accounting 

staff for purposes of the tuition 

reimbursement plan; or 

b. person employed by or under 

contract to the school to perform 

specific tasks, such as an auditor, 

consultant, or attorney, a person 

on the Board of Trustees, or a 

student serving on an official committee 

or assisting another school 

official. 

Any school official who needs 

information about a student in the 

course of performing instructional, 

supervisory, advisory, or administrative 

duties for The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota has a 

legitimate educational interest. 

2. To certain officials of the United 

States Department of Education, the 

Comptroller General of the United 

States, the Attorney General of the 

United States, and state and local 

educational authorities in connection 

with state or federally supported 

educational programs. 

3. In connection with the student’s 

request for, or receipt of, financial aid 

necessary to determine the eligibility, 

amounts or conditions of financial aid, 

or to enforce the terms and conditions 

of the aid. 

4. To organizations conducting certain 

studies for or on behalf of the school. 

5. To accrediting commissions or state 

licensing or regulatory bodies to carry 

out their functions. 

6. To parents of a dependent student, as 

defined in Section 152 of the Internal 

Revenue Code. 

7. To comply with a judicial order or 

lawfully issued subpoena. 

8. To appropriate parties in health or 

safety emergencies. 

9. To officials of another school in which 

a student seeks or intends to enroll. 

10. To an alleged victim of a crime of 

violence or a nonforcible sexual 

offense, the final results of the 

disciplinary proceedings conducted 

by the school against the alleged 

perpetrator of that crime or offense 

with respect to that crime or offense. 

11. To persons in addition to the victim 

of a crime of violence or nonforcible 

sexual offense, the final results of the 

disciplinary proceedings described 

in paragraph 10 above but only if 

the school has determined that a 

student is the perpetrator of a crime 

of violence or non-forcible sexual 

offense, and with respect to the 

allegation made against him or her, the 

student has committed a violation of 

the institution’s rules or policies. (The 

school, in such instances, may only 

disclose the name of the perpetrator -- 

not the name of any other student, 

including a victim or witness -- without 

the prior written consent of the other 

student(s)). 

12. To a parent regarding the student’s 

violation of any federal, state, or 

local law or of any rules or policy 

of the school governing the use or 

possession of alcohol or a controlled 

substance if the school determines 

that the student has committed a 

disciplinary violation with respect 

to that use or possession, and the 

student is under 21 at the time of the 

disclosure to the parent. 

13. Directory information (see Section IV 

below). 

14. Student Recruiting Information as 

requested by the U.S. Military. Student 

recruiting information includes ONLY: 

name, address, telephone listing, age 

or date of birth, class level, academic 

major, place of birth, degrees received 

and most recent educational institution 

attended. It does not include and The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota 

will not provide: social security 

numbers, race, ethnicity, nationality, 

GPA, grades, low performing student 

lists, religious affiliation, students 

with loans in default, veteran’s status, 

students no longer enrolled. Students 

who opt out of the directory also opt 

out of student recruiting information. 

III. RECORD OF REQUESTS FOR 

DISCLOSURE 

Except with respect to those requests 

made by the student themselves, those 

disclosures made with the written consent 

of the student, or to requests by or 

disclosures to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota officials with legitimate 

educational interests and disclosures of 

directory information (or other exceptions 

described in the applicable regulations), 


will maintain a record indicating the parties 

who have requested or obtained personally 

identifiable information from a student’s 

education records and the legitimate 

interests those parties had in requesting or 

obtaining the information. This record may 

be inspected by the student. 

IV. DIRECTORY INFORMATION 


designates the following information as directory 

information. (Directory information 

is personally identifiable information which 

may be disclosed without the student’s 

consent): 

1. Student’s name 

2. Address: Local, email and website 

3. Telephone number (local) 

4. Date and place of birth 

5. Program of study 

6. Participation in officially recognized 

activities 

7. Dates of attendance 

8. Degrees and certificates awarded 

9. Most recent previously attended 

school 

101

10. Photograph of the student, if available 

11. Enrollment status (i.e., enrolled, 

continuing, future enrolled student, 

reentry, leave of absence, etc.) 

12. Student honors and awards received. 

13. The height and weight of athletic team 

members 

Notice of these categories and of the right 

of an individual in attendance at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota to request 

that his/her directory information be kept 

confidential will be given to the student 

annually. Students may request nondisclosure 

of student directory information by 

specifying nondisclosure, in writing, to the 

Office of the Registrar, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota, 15 South 9th 

Street Minneapolis, MN 55402. Failure to 

request nondisclosure of directory information 

will result in routine disclosure of one 

or more of the above-designated categories 

of personally identifiable directory 

information. 

V. CORRECTION OF EDUCATIONAL 

RECORDS 

Students have the right under FERPA to 

ask to have records corrected which they 

believe are inaccurate, misleading, or in 

violation of their privacy rights. The following 

are the procedures for the correction 

of records: 

1. A student must ask the Registrar 

to amend a record. As part of the 

request, the student should identify the 

part of the record they want to have 

changed and specify why they believe 

it to be inaccurate, misleading, or in 

violation of his/her privacy rights. 

2. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota may either amend the 

record or decide not to amend the 

record. If it decides not to amend the 

record, it will notify the student of its 

decision and advise the student of 

the right to a hearing to challenge the 

information believed to be inaccurate, 

misleading, or in violation of the 

student’s privacy rights. 

3. Upon request, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will arrange 

for a hearing and notify the student 

reasonably in advance of the date, 

place, and time of the hearing. The 

hearing will be conducted by an 

individual who does not have a direct 

interest in the outcome of the hearing. 

That individual may be an official 

of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. The student shall be 

afforded a forum for the opportunity to 

present evidence relevant to the issues 

raised in the original request to amend 

102 

the student’s education records. The 

student may be assisted by other 

people, including an attorney. 

4. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will prepare a written 

decision based solely on the evidence 

presented at the hearing. The 

decision will include a summary of 

the evidence, and the reasons for the 

decision. 

5. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota 

decides that the information is 

inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise 

in violation of the privacy rights of the 

student, it will (a) amend the record 

accordingly; and (b) inform the student 

of the amendment in writing. 

6. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota 

decides that the information in the 

education record is not inaccurate, 

misleading, or otherwise in violation 

of the privacy rights of the student, 

it shall inform the student of the 

right to place a statement in the 

record commenting on the contested 

information in the record or stating why 

he or she disagrees with the decision 

of the school. 

7. If a statement is placed in the 

education records of a student under 

paragraph 6 above, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will: 

a. maintain the statement with the 

contested part of the record for as 

long as the record is maintained; 

and disclose the statement whenever 

it discloses the portion of 

the record to which the statement 

relates. 

STUDENT RIGHT TO FILE 

COMPLAINT 

A student has the right to file a complaint 

with the United States Department of 

Education concerning alleged failures by 


to comply with the requirements of FERPA. 

The name and address of the governmental 

office that administers FERPA is: 

Family Policy Compliance Office 

United States Department 

of Education 

400 Maryland Avenue, S.W. 

Washington, DC 20202-4605 

STUDENT RIGHT TO 

KNOW ACT 

Student-Right-To-Know Act Information on 

graduation/completion rates for first-time 

full-time students for The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is available through 

the Admissions Office. These rates are 

calculated according to guidelines in the 

“Student-Right-To-Know” Act. 

According to regulations published by 

the Department of Education based 

on the Student Right-to-Know Act, the 

graduation/completion rates for first-time, 

full-time students who entered school in 

Fall of 1999 or thereafter and who graduated/completed 

within 150 percent of the 

normal time to complete the program can 

be found in the Registrar’s Office 

STUDENT GRIEVANCE 

PROCEDURE FOR 

INTERNAL COMPLAINTS 

OF DISCRIMINATION AND 

HARASSMENT 


does not discriminate or harass on the 

basis of race, color, national origin, sex, 

sexual orientation, genetic marker, disability, 

age, religion or any other characteristic 

protected by state, local, or federal 

law, in our programs and activities. The 

following person has been designated to 

handle inquiries and coordinate the College’s 

compliance efforts regarding the 

non-discrimination policy: Dean of Student 

Affairs, 15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, 

MN 55402. 

Students who believe they have been 

subjected to discrimination or harassment 

in violation of this policy should follow the 

procedure outlined below. This complaint 

procedure is intended to provide a fair, 

prompt, and reliable determination about 

whether The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota’s non-discrimination policy has 

been violated. 

Complainants are encouraged to file a 

complaint as soon as possible after an 

alleged incident of discrimination has occurred. 

Any student who chooses to file 

a discrimination complaint should do so 

for non-academic matters with Dean of 

Student Affairs, 15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, 

MN 55402 (612-656-6865) or for 

academic matters with Dean of Academic 

Affairs, 15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, 

MN 55402 (612-656-6861). The complaint 

should be presented in writing and it 

should describe the alleged incident(s) and 

any corrective action sought. The complaint 

should be signed by the complainant. 

In most cases, the person accused of

discrimination will be notified of the complaint 

by the Dean of Student Affairs for 

non-academic issues or Dean of Academic 

Affairs for academic issues. 

The person accused of discrimination will 

have fourteen calendar days to respond to 

the complaint in writing. The signed written 

response should be submitted to the Dean 

of Student Affairs for non-academic issues 

or Dean of Academic Affairs for academic 

issues. 

The Dean of Student Affairs for nonacademic 

issues or Dean of Academic 

Affairs for academic issues will investigate 

the allegations. Both the complainant and 

the accused will have the opportunity to 

meet and discuss the allegations with the 

investigator and may offer any witnesses 

in support of their position to the investigator 

during the course of the investigation. 

A student may be accompanied during 

investigation meetings and discussions 

by one person (family member, friend, 

etc.) who can act as an observer, provide 

emotional support, and/or assist the 

student in understanding and cooperating 

in the investigation. The observer may not 

be an attorney, unless otherwise required 

by local law. The investigator may prohibit 

from attending or remove any person who 

disrupts the investigation in the investigator’s 

sole discretion. 

The Dean of Student Affairs for nonacademic 

issues or Dean of Academic 

Affairs for academic issues will determine 

whether a violation of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota’s non discrimination 

policy has occurred. The Dean of 

Student Affairs for non-academic issues 


issues will issue a written determination 

as promptly as practicable. If the Dean of 

Student Affairs for non-academic issues 


student directory information by specifying 

nondisclosure, in writing, to the Office of 

the Registrar, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota, 15 South 9th Street, 

Minneapolis, MN 55402. Failure to request 

nondisclosure of directory information will 

result in routine disclosure of one or more 

of the above-designated categories of personally 

identifiable directory information. 

GENERAL STUDENT 

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE 

If you have a complaint or problem you are 

encouraged to follow the Student Complaint 

Procedure. 

You should discuss complaints with the 

individual(s) within the appropriate department. 

Initial discussion should be with the 

person most knowledgeable of the issues 

involved or with immediate decision-making 

responsibility. 

If you feel that the complaint has not been 

fully addressed, a written account should 

be submitted to the Dean of Student 

Affairs if related to non-academic issues 

or to the Dean of Academic Affairs for academic 

issues. The written account should 

indicate your name, phone number, and 

ID# and discuss the steps you have taken 

to remedy the situation. 

The appropriate staff member or department 

will be notified of the complaint. A 

follow-up meeting with you and the Dean 

of Student Affairs and/or the Dean of Academic 

Affairs will be held within ten school 

days of the date of the written complaint in 

an effort to resolve the issue. 

If you are not satisfied with the results, 

you may file an appeal with the President’s 

office. The appeal should be in writing and 

contain your name and phone number. 

You should summarize the steps you have 

taken to remedy the situation and indicate 

why the results are not satisfactory. You 

will hear the results of the appeal within 

ten business days from the date the appeal 

is received. 

If you follow this complaint procedure and 

still feel dissatisfied with the results you 

may send a written copy of the complaint 

to: 

Minnesota Office of Higher Education 

1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, 

St. Paul, MN 55108 and/or Accrediting 

Council for Independent Colleges and 

Schools (ACICS), 750 First Street NE, 

Suite 980, Washington, DC 20002-4241 

Telephone: 202-336-6780 

ARBITRATION 

You and The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota (“Ai Minnesota”) agree that any 

dispute or claim between you and Ai Minnesota 

(or any company affiliated with Ai 

Minnesota, or any of its officers, directors, 

trustees, employees, or agents) arising out 

of or relating to this enrollment agreement, 

or, absent such agreement, your 

enrollment or attendance at Ai Minnesota, 

whether such dispute arises before, during, 

or after your attendance and whether 

the dispute is based on contract, tort, 

statute, or otherwise, shall be, at your or 

Ai Minnesota’s election, submitted to and 

resolved by individual binding arbitration 

pursuant to the terms described herein. 

If you decide to initiate arbitration, you 

may select either, JAMS or the National 

Arbitration Forum (“NAF”) to serve as the 

arbitration administrator pursuant to its 

rules of procedure. If Ai Minnesota intends 

to initiate arbitration, it will notify you in 

writing by regular mail at your latest address 

on file with Ai Minnesota, and you 

will have 20 days from the date of the 

letter to select one of these organizations 

as the administrator. If you fail to select an 

administrator within that 20-day period, Ai 

Minnesota will select one. 

Ai Minnesota agrees that it will not elect to 

arbitrate any individual claim of less than 

$5,000 that you bring in small claims court 

(or in a similar court of limited jurisdiction 

subject to expedited procedures). If 

that claim is transferred or appealed to a 

different court, however, or if your claim 

exceeds $5,000, Ai Minnesota reserves the 

right to elect arbitration and, if it does so, 

you agree that the matter will be resolved 

by binding arbitration pursuant to the 

terms of this section. 

If either you or Ai Minnesota chooses arbitration, 

neither party will have the right to 

a jury trial, to engage in discovery, except 

as provided in the applicable arbitration 

rules, or otherwise to litigate the dispute 

or claim in any court (other than in small 

claims or similar court, as set forth in a 

preceding paragraph, or in an action to 

enforce the arbitrator’s award). Further, 

you will not have the right to participate as 

a representative or member of any class of 

claimants pertaining to any claim subject 

to arbitration. The arbitrator’s decision will 

be final and binding. Other rights that you 

or Ai Minnesota would have in court also 

may not be available in arbitration. 

No arbitration award or decision can be 

contrary to or inconsistent with any statutory 

or other regulatory requirement of 

Minnesota Statutes Chapter 136A.61 to 

136A.71, Minnesota Administrative Rules 

4840.0100 to 4840.1100, Minnesota Financial 

Aid, and/or Title IV Financial Aid rules, 

regulations, or statutes or the Minnesota 

Office of Higher Education. 

The arbitrator shall have no authority to 

arbitrate claims on a class action basis, 

and claims brought by or against you may 

not be joined or consolidated with claims 

brought by or against any other person. 

Any arbitration hearing shall take place 

in the federal judicial district in which 

you reside. Upon your written request, Ai 

Minnesota will pay the filing fees charged 

by the arbitration administrator, up to a 

maximum of $3,500.per claim. Each party 

will bear the expense of its own attorneys, 

experts, and witnesses, regardless of 

which party prevails, unless applicable law 

or this agreement gives a right to recover 

any of those fees from the other party. If 

the arbitrator determines that any claim or 

defense is frivolous or wrongfully intended 

to oppress the other party, the arbitrator 

may award sanctions in the form of fees 

and expenses reasonably incurred by the 

other party (including arbitration administration 

fees, arbitrators’ fees, and attorney, 

expert, and witness fees), to the extent 

such fees and expenses could be imposed 

under Rule 11 of the Federal Rules of Civil 

Procedure. 

103

The Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”), 9 

U.S.C.§§ 1, et seq., shall govern this 

arbitration provision. This arbitration provision 

shall survive the termination of your 

relationship with Ai Minnesota. If you have 

a question about the arbitration administrators 

mentioned above, you can contact 

them as follows: 

JAMS, 45 Broadway, 28th Floor, New York, 

NY, 10006, www.jamsadr.com, 800-352- 

5267; National Arbitration Forum, P.O. Box 

50191, Minneapolis, MN, 55405, www. 

arb-forum.com, 800-474-2371. 

The above supersedes any inconsistent 

arbitration provision published in any other 

document. 

CAREER SERVICES 


maintains a complete and comprehensive 

Career Services Department. The department 

staff help students locate and secure 

part-time and freelance jobs while attending 

school, and full-time, field-related 

employment upon graduation 

GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT 

ASSISTANCE 


does not guarantee employment or any 

particular level of compensation following 

graduation. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota does, however, offer assistance 

in searching for employment opportunities 

to qualified graduates at no additional 

charge. 

Job search directories are maintained in 

the Career Services Department. The 

college develops and maintains employer 

contacts through telemarketing, promotional 

materials, and recruiting events. 

Portfolio Review Shows are held to 

enhance employment possibilities for the 

graduates. Graduates who confine employment 

considerations to the Twin Cities 

area may limit the particular employment 

opportunities available to them. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

ASSISTANCE 

The Student Employment Advisor is in 

contact with potential employers in order 

to secure part-time job opportunities for 

in-school students. Part-time employment 

helps students earn extra money for 

supplies and incidental expenses. After the 

student registers with the Career Services 

Department, the Student Employment 

Advisor assists students with the identification 

of part-time job opportunities. The 

student is expected to follow up on all 

leads accepted and report progress to the 

104 

Advisor. The student is expected to arrive 

on time and be dressed appropriately for 

scheduled interviews. 

GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT 

INFORMATION 


maintains graduate placement information. 

For specific placement data, contact the 

Director of Career Services.

Notes 

105

2009 - 2010 Academic Calendar 

Quarter Start Graduation End 

Summer 2009 July 13, 2009 September 26, 2009 

Summer II 2009 August 20, 2009 September 26, 2009 

Fall 2009 October 5, 2009 December 18, 2009 December 19, 2009 

Fall II 2009 Novermber 12, 2009 December 19, 2009 

Winter 2010 January 11, 2010 March 26, 2010 

Winter II 2010 February 18, 2010 March 26, 2010 

Spring 2010 April 5, 2010 June 18, 2010 June 19, 2010 

Spring II 2010 May 13, 2010 June 19, 2010 

Summer 2010 July 12, 2010 September 25, 2010 

Summer II 2010 August 19, 2010 September 25, 2010 

Fall 2010 October 4, 2010 December 17, 2010 December 18, 2010 

Fall II 2010 November 11, 2010 December 18, 2010 

Holidays and Vacations 

Independence Day* Friday, July 3, 2009 

Labor Day Monday, September 7, 2009 

Veteran’s Day Observed* Monday, November 9, 2009 

Thanksgiving Thursday, November 26, 2009 

Day After Thanksgiving Friday, November 27, 2009 

Christmas Eve Day Thursday, December 24, 2009 

Christmas Day Friday, December 25, 2009 

New Year’s Day Friday, January 1, 2010 

Martin Luther King Jr Day Monday, January 18, 2010 

President’s Day* Friday, February 12, 2010 

Good Friday Friday, April 2, 2010 

Memorial Day Monday, May 31, 2010 

Independence Day* Monday, July 5, 2010 

Labor Day Monday, September 6, 2010 

Location Map 

106 

* Some school holidays do not fall on 

actual holiday dates 


15 South 9th Street 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-3137 

1.800.777.3643 or 612.332.3361 

www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis

Each school quarter is 11 weeks in duration. An application fee of $50 is to 

be submitted with the Application for Admissions. The tuition deposit fee of 

$100 is due within 10 days after the Enrollment Agreement is signed. The 

tuition charge shown above is subject to adjustment each academic year. 

Special U.S. and overseas trips are voluntary and are not included in regular 

Advertising 

Supplies/Texts: $125/month 

The Art of Cooking 


Baking & Pastry 




Culinary Management 




Fashion & Retail Managemen 




Hospitality Management 




Interior Planning with AutoCAD 


Media Arts & Animation 


Photography 


Visual Effects & Motion Graphic 




Tuition is charged at $467.00 per credit (with an average of 16 credits per quarter). The tuition charges are subject to change each academic year. The $100 

Enrollment Fee is refundable upon cancellation. Tuition and fees applicable to The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s programs (as of October 1, 2009) 

are as follows: 

Advertising 

The Art of 

Cooking 

Baking & 

Pastry 

Baking & 

Pastry 

Culinary 

Arts 

Culinary 

Management 

Digital Film 

Design 

& Video 

Management 

Production 

Fashion & 

Retail 

Management 


Bachelor’s Certifi cate Certifi cate Associate’s Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Bachelor’s 

12 quarters 4 quarters 4 quarters 7 quarters 7 quarters 12 quarters 12 quarters 12 quarters 12 quarters 7 quarters 12 quarters 

$100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 

$50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 

$7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 

$5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 

$700 $1,150 $1,075 $1,300 $1,300 $1,300 $700 $600 $575 $700 $700 

- $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 - - - - - 

30 28 50 46 54 

$89,814 $20,330 $20,230 $54,954 $54,854 $92,514 $89,814 $89,814 $89,814 $52,454 $89,814 

Degree 

Program Length 

Enrollment $* 

Application $* 

Tuition/16/qtr 

Tuition/12/qtr 

Starting Kit 

Lab $/credit** 

Lab credit/ 

program 

Program Total*** 

Hospitality 

Management 


Interior Planning 

with 

AutoCAD 


Animation 

Photography 




Media 

Bachelor’s Associate’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Bachelor’s 

12 quarters 8 quarters 12 quarters 8 quarters 12 quarters 12 quarters 12 quarters 7 quarters 12 quarters 

$100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 

$50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 

$7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 $7,472 

$5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 $5,604 

$350 $1100 $1100 $1100 $925 $880 $900 $700 $700 

$50 - - - - $75 - - - 

14 12 

Tuition and Fees 

tuition and fees. The Starting Kit consists of the basic equipment, texts, and 

materials required for beginning each program. A list of the components 

of the Starting Kit is provided to each enrolled student. In addition to the 

Starting Kit, the estimated cost of consumable supplies, textbooks, and 

equipment by program are as follows: 

$90,514 $59,926 $89,814 $59,926 $89,814 $90,714 $89,814 $52,454 $89,814 

* The application and enrollment fees are paid by new and transfer students only. 

** Monthly consumable supplies included with the $75 Photography lab fee. The lab fees will be treated as part of the tuition for refund purposes. 

***Not including starting kit. The Program Totals are based on the current credit hour rate. Cost will increase with each per credit hour tuition increase. 

You only are charged for the credit hours you take each quarter 

107

INDEX 

ABOUT THE COLLEGE 

Introduction 2 

City and the College 3 

Course Requirements & Descriptions 4 

Advertising (B.S.) 4 

The Art of Cooking (Certifi cate) 6 

Baking & Pastry (Certifi cate) 8 

Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.) 10 

Culinary Arts (A.A.S.) 12 

Culinary Management (B.S.) 14 

Design Management (B.S.) 16 

Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) 

Fashion & Retail 

18 

Management (B.S.) 20 

Graphic Design (A.A.S.) 22 

Graphic Design (B.S.) 24 

Hospitality Management (B.S.) 26 

Interior Design (A.A.S.) 28 

Interior Design (B.S.) 

Interior Planning 

30 

with AutoCAD (A.A.S.) 32 

Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) 34 

Photography (B.F.A.) 

Visual Effects & Motion 

36 

Graphics (B.S.) 


38 

Media (A.A.S) 


40 

Media (B.S.) 42 

Viewbook of Student/Graduate Work 44 

Course Descriptions 54 

Faculty 72 

Administration 74 

Board of Trustees and Directors 76 

ADMISSIONS 77 

Admissions Requirements 77 

Enrollment Procedure 77 

International Admissions Policy 

Admissions Requirements for 

77 

English Language Profi ciency Policy 77 

Nonimmigrant Students 77 

Orientation 78 

Facilities and Equipment 78 

Placement Evaluations 78 

ACCUPLACER 78 

ACT 78 

SAT 78 

Non-Discrimination Policy 78 

STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 

Federal Refund Policy 

79 

(Title IV Funds) 79 

Title IV Funds Distribution Policy 79 

Non-Federal Refund Policy 79 

Buyer’s Right to Cancel 79 

Non-Payment of Charges 79 

Financial Aid 79 

Student Financial Assistance 

Suspension and Reinstatement 

80 

of Financial Assistance 80 

Financial Assistance Student Appeal 

Student Financial Assistance 

80 

Review Committee 80 

Student Appeal Procedure 80 

Veterans’ Information 80 

Scholarships & Grants 80 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 83 

Mission and Statement 83 

108 

Academic Directors and 

Programs Offered 84 

Academic Advising 84 

Student Resources 84 

Library 84 

Registrar 85 

Academic Affairs Policies 85 

Attendance Policy 85 

Satisfactory Academic 

Progress Policy 85 

Progress Academic Standards 

for Programs Study 85 

Academic Probation 88 

Procedure for Appealing 

Academic Termination 88 

Grading 88 

Letter Grade Equivalent 

Grade Points 88 

Grade Point Computation 88 

Calculation of CGPA 88 

Repeated Courses and Grades 88 

Quarter Credits 88 

Grading for Milestone/Capstone Courses 88 

Incomplete Grade Policy 88 

Grade Change Requests 88 

Transfer of Credit 88 

Transcripts 88 

Course Descriptions 88 

Level of Transfer Credits 88 

Grading 89 

CLEP & AP Scores 89 

Timeliness of Coursework 89 

Allowable Total Transfer of Credit 89 

Profi ciency Testing 89 

Test Out Credit 89 

Registration 90 

Procedures 90 

Holds 90 

Registration Steps 90 

Offi cial Schedules 90 

Schedule Adjustment Period 90 

Withdrawing from a Course 90 

Online Courses 90 

Registering for Online Courses 91 

Textbook Requirements 

for Online Courses 91 

Technology Requirements 

for Online Courses 91 

Refund Policy for Online Courses 91 

Course Scheduling, 

Sequencing, and Titles 91 

Academic Calendar 92 

Course Load 92 

Repeating Courses 92 

Transitional Studies 92 

Change of Program 92 

Leaves and External Transfers 92 

Transferring to Another 

EDMC School 92 

Withdrawing from College 93 

Enrollment Change 93 

Special Leave Consideration/ 

Military Leave 93 

Readmissions Procedures 93 

General Education 93 


for AAS Degrees 94 


for BS or BFA Degrees 94 

Additional Learning Experiences 94 

Study Trips 94 

Exhibition of Student Work 94 

Graduation 94 

Requirements for Graduation 94 

Final Quarter 94 

Criteria for Honors Designation 94 

Term GPA Honors Designation 94 

Portfolio Requirements 94 

Portfolio Review 95 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 95 

Student Clubs and Organizations 95 

Student Events and Activities 95 

Counseling Services 95 

Disability Services 95 

Health Insurance 95 

International Student Advising 95 

Leadership Opportunities 95 

Life Skills Workshops 95 

Study Abroad 95 

Residence Life 95 

Student Housing 95 

Independent Housing 96 

Student Code of Conduct 96 

Guiding Principles 96 

Scope 96 

Reach 96 

Responsibilities 96 

Disciplinary Offenses 96 

Sanctions 98 

Disciplinary Procedures 98 

Complaint 98 

Search of Student’s Property 

Notifi cation and Determination 

98 

of a Disciplinary Meeting 

Notifi cation and Determination of 

99 

a Disciplinary Hearing 99 

Disciplinary Panel 99 

Interim Suspension 99 

Appeal Procedures 99 

Student No Harassment Policy 100 

Defi nition of Sexual Harassment 100 

Other Forms for Harassment 100 

Complaint Procedure 

Family Education Rights 

100 

and Privacy Act 100 

Procedure to Inspect Records 100 

Disclosure of Requests for Disclosure 101 

Record of Requests for Disclosure 101 

Directory Information 101 

Correction of Educational Records 102 

Student Right to File Complaint 102 

Student Right to Know Act 

Student Grievance Procedure 

102 

for Internal Complaints 

General Student 

102 

Complaint Procedure 103 

Arbitration 103 

CAREER SERVICES 104 

Graduate Employment Assistance 104 

Student Employment Assistance 104 

Graduate Employment Information 104 

COLLEGE CALENDAR 106 

MAP TO COLLEGE 106 

TUITION & FEES 107

15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402 

612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643 


Design & Layout: Maggie Chan, student 

Assistant Layout & Web Editor: Wendy Cormier, student 

15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402 

612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643

2009 - 2010 Catalog - The Art Institutes

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?